Wiring Diagram

A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No. Section

INDEX
Description
Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL TROUBLE SHOOTING
Instructions on how to use this manual.
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS RELAY LOCATIONS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads. Index of the system circuits. Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, How to sue this manual). The System Outline and Service Hints useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) INDEX
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
A : System Title B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example: 1 Indicates Relay Block No. 1. C : Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.
J : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B BR G GR = Black = Brown = Green = Gray L = Black LG = Light Green O = Orange P = Pink R = Red V = Violet W = White Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example: LY
(blue) (yellow)
K : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are E for the Engine Room, I for the Instrument Panel, and B for the Body). The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification. D : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky white in color: E : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. F : Indicates related system. G : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( v ). v The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. L : Page No. M : Indicates a shielded cable. Example:
N : Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates thecomponents location, e.g, E for the Engine Compartment, I for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and B for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification). Example:
3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the components location, e.g. E for the Engine Compartment, I for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and B for the Body and Surrounding area. O : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. lower right lower left
P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ].

Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. 1. DRIVERS WINDOW MANUAL UP OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVERS) ON UP POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL POINT. (FOR THE MANUAL DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED). 2. DRIVERS WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE AUTO DOWN BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW. THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY. 3. DRIVERS WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVERS) ON UP POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW. THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION. 4. PASSENGERS WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGERS WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON UP, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGERS) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN LOCK POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION CODE P2 P3 SEE PAGE 21 21 CODE P4 P5 SEE PAGE 21 21 CODE P6 SEE PAGE 21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 16 RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
U
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 38 SEE PAGE 14 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
V
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ID1 IH1 SEE PAGE 26 26 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS CODE IC SEE PAGE 24 GROUND POINT LOCATION COWL LEFT
X
: SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 SEE PAGE 24 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B
Q : Explains the system outline. R : Indicates values or explain the function for reference during troubleshooting. S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part P 4 (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with the letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector 1 is described on page 16 on this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector 3Bconnects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector ID1connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel. W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point IC is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side. X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example: Splice point I 5 is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINTS:
Junction connector (code: J1 to J19) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color.

The Current Flow Chart section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
H POWER SOURCE (CURRENT FLOW CHART)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
B
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be checked this way.
GROUND POINT
9
C TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is check point. A Ignition SW on B Ignition SW and SW 1 on C Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off) (b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a ground point or negative battery terminal, and a positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter. Example:
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

(a) (b) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check point.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.
(c)
Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10k/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
10
C
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a) (b) (c) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. Connect a test light in place of the fuse. Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. A Ignition SW on B Ignition SW and SW 1 on C Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.
Example:
(e)
CAUTION:
(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) (b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS

To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.
11
C TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)
1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR 3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

A For NonWaterproof Type Connector HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connectors shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. Case 1 Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position.
Case 2 Open the secondary locking device.
12
B For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: Terminal retainer color is different according to connector body. Example: Terminal Retainer Black or White Black or White Gray or White :Connector Body: :Gray :Dark Gray :Black
Case 1 Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole (sMark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connectors shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
Case 2 Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
13
C TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
4.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer into the full lock position. 5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
14
ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

ABS A/C ACIS A/T CD COMB. ECU EGR ESA EVAP FL J/B LH O/D R/B RH SFI SRS SW TEMP. TRAC VSV w/ w/o = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = AntiLock Brake System Air Conditioning Acoustic Control Induction System Automatic Transaxle Compact Disc Combination Electronic Control Unit Exhaust Gas Recirculation Electronic Spark Advance Evaporative Emission Fusible Link Junction Block LeftHand Overdrive Relay Block RightHand Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection Supplemental Restraint System Switch Temperature Traction Control Vacuum Switching Valve With Without
The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.
15
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the autos various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage. CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element. CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset. DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction. DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator. PHOTODIODE The photodiode is a semiconductor which controls the current flow according to the amount of light. DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels highvoltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs. FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stop ping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage. FUSIBLE LINK (for Medium Current Fuse) A heavygauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. (for High Current Fuse or The numbers indicate the cross Fusible Link.) section surface area of the wires. GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow. HEADLIGHTS
1.
Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light. SINGLE FILAMENT A headlight may have either a
DOUBLE FILAMENT
2.
single (1) filament or a double (2) filament.
HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.
IGNITION COIL Convert lowvoltage DC current into highvoltage ingition current for firing the spark plugs.
LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light. METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration. METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LEDs, LCDs, or fluoresent displays, which provide a relative or digital display. MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.
FUEL
16
E
Basically, an electrically NORMALLY operated switch which may be normally closed CLOSED (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic NORMALLY field which either opens OPEN or closes an attached switch. RELAY SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.
1.
2.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other. RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value. RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values. RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.
2.
NORMALLY CLOSED
Open and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes cureent through one set of contacts or the other.
SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off. TRANSISTOR A solid state device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at base. WIRES Wires are always drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) and a black dot or octagonal ( ) mark at the juction as spliced (joined) connections.
SENSOR, SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components.
SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a juction block.
(1) NOT CONNECTED
SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.
(2) SPLICED
17
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]
[Instrument Panel]
18
F (Body)
[Seat]
19
F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,,: Engine Room J/B ,,,
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
20
F (Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit)
21
F RELAY LOCATIONS
1
: Engine Room R/B
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) (Inside Engine Room J/B)
Fusible F sible Link Block
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) (Inside Engine Room J/B)
22
F
2
: Engine Room No. 2 R/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
(Canada)
: Engine Room No.3 R/B Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)
23
F RELAY LOCATIONS
,,, ,,,: Instrument Panel J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 18) ,,,
24
F (Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit)
25
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
A A A A
1 2 3 4
A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 A 10 A 11 A 12 B C C C D D E E E E E E 1 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
Ambient Temp. Sensor A/C Condenser Fan Motor A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) ABS Actuator ABS Actuator ABS and Traction Actuator ABS and Traction Actuator ABS Speed Sensor Front LH ABS Speed Sensor Front RH Absorber Control Acuator Front LH Absorber Control Acuator Front RH Brake Fluid Level Warning SW Camshaft Position Sensor Crankshaft Position Sensor Cruise Control Actuator Data Link Connector 1 Diode (A/C) EGR Gas Temp. Sensor EGR Valve Position Sensor Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor Engine Hood Courtesy SW Engine Oil Level Warning SW
F 1 F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F 10 F 11 G G H H H H H H H H 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Front Fog Light LH Front Fog Light RH Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light LH Front Turn Signal and Front Parking Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Generator Generator Headlight LH (HI) Headlight LH (LO) Headlight RH (HI) Headlight RH (LO) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) Horn LH Horn RH
26
G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
I 1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 K 1 K 2 M 1 N 1 O 1 P P R 1 2 1
Idle Air Control Valve Igniter Ignition Coil No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 3 Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 Knock Sensor 1 Knock Sensor 2 Mass Air Flow Meter Noise Filter (Ignition) Oil Pressure SW Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and BackUp Light SW Power Steering Oil Pressure SW Radiator Fan Motor
S S T T V V V V V V V W W W W W W
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6
Starter Starter Theft Deterrent Horn Throttle Position Sensor Vapor Pressure Sensor Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission) VSV (EGR) VSV (EVAP) VSV (Intake Air Control) VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) Water Level Warning SW Washer Motor Water Temp. Sender Water Temp. SW No.1 Water Temp. SW No.2 Wireless Door Lock Buzzer
27

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A B B
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2 3
A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller A/C Control Assembly A/C Control Assembly A/C Room Temp. Sensor A/C Solar Sensor A/C Thermistor ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS ECU ABS ECU Absorber Control ECU Absorber Control SW Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Airbag Sensor Assembly Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Automatic Light Control Sensor Blower Motor Blower Resistor CD Automatic Changer Cigarette Lighter Clock Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter
C C C C D D D D
11 12 13 14 3 4 5 6
Combination SW Combination SW Combination SW Cruise Control ECU Data Link Connector 2 Data Link Connector 3 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) Diode (Courtesy) Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Front Fog Light Relay Fuel Lid and Luggage Compartment Door Opener SW Generator Box Light Generator Box Light SW Hazard SW Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Ignition Key Cylinder Light Ignition SW Integration Relay Integration Relay
E 7 E 8 E 9 E 10 F 12 F 13 G G 3 4
26
C 4 C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9 C 10
H 9 H 10 I I I I 12 13 14 15
G
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector
K L O P P R R R R
3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5
Key Interlock Solenoid Luggage Compartment Door Opener Main SW O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination Parking Brake SW Power Outlet Radio and Player Radio and Player Remote Control Morror SW Rheostat Seat Heater SW (Drivers Seat) Seat Heater SW (Front Passengers Seat) Shift Lock Control ECU Steering Sensor Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stop Light SW Theft Deterrent ECU Theft Deterrent ECU TRAC OFF SW Turn Signal Flasher Relay Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key) Wireless Door Lock Buzzer Volume SW Wireless Door Lock ECU
S 3 S 4 S 5 S 6 S 7 S 8 S 9 S 10 T T T T U 3 4 5 6 1
W 7 W 8
27

Position of Parts in Body
A A A A
33 34 35 36
ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH Absorber Control Actuator Rear LH Absorber Control Actuator Rear RH Cellular Phone (Hand Set) Cellular Phone (Hand Set) Choke Coil Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH Door Lock Control SW Front RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH
C 15 C 16 C 17 D D D D D D D D D D 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
F F F F F F
14 15 16 17 18 19
Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Tweeter Speaker LH Front Tweeter Speaker RH Fuel Lid Opener Motor Fuel Pump and Fuel Sender High Mounted Stop Light Interior Light Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector License Plate Light LH License Plate Light RH Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW and Luggage Compartment Door Opener Motor
H 11 I 16 J 36 J 37 J 38 L L L L L L 2 3 4 5 6 7
D 17 D 18 D 19
26
G
Position of Parts in Body
M 2 M 3
P P P P P P P P P P R R R R
5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 7 8 9
Moon Roof Control SW and Moon Roof Control Relay R 10 Moon Roof Moon and Limit SW R 11 R 12 R 13 Personal Light R 14 Personal Light R 15 Power Window Control SW Front RH R 16 Power Window Control SW Rear LH R 17 Power Window Control SW Rear RH Power Window Master SW and T 7 Door Lock Control SW Front LH T 8 Power Window Motor Front LH Power Window Motor Front RH V 8 Power Window Motor Rear LH V 9 Power Window Motor Rear RH W 9 Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Door Speaker LH Rear Door Speaker RH Rear Side Marker Light LH Rear Side Marker Light RH Rear Turn Signal Light LH Rear Turn Signal Light RH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay Vanity Light LH Vanity Light RH Woofer Speaker
27

Position of Parts in Seat
B 4 P 14 P 15 P 16 P 17 P 18 P 19 P 20 P 21 P 22 P 23 P 24 P 25
Buckle SW
P 26 27 28 29 11 12 13 14 15
Power Seat Control SW P (Drivers Seat Lumber Support Control) Power Seat Control SW P (Drivers Seat ) Power Seat Control SW P (Front Passengers Seat)) Power Seat Motor (Drivers Seat Front Vertical Control) S Power Seat Motor S S (Drivers Seat Lumber Support Control) Power Seat Motor S (Drivers Seat Rear Vertical Control) S Power Seat Motor (Drivers Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (Drivers Seat Slide Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passengers Seat Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passengers Seat Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passengers Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (Front Passengers Seat Slide Control)
Power Seat Position Sensor (Drivers Seat Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Drivers Seat Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Drivers Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Position Sensor (Drivers Seat Slide Control) Seat Heater (Drivers Seat) Seat Heater (Front Passengers Seat) Seat Memory SW Seat Position Control ECU Seat Position Control ECU
26
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
28
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)
EA1 EB1 EB2 EC1
29
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
30
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ID1 ID2 IE1 IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IG2 IH1
FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ( (LEFT KICK PANEL) )
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER)
31
32
G
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
II1 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IK3 IL1 IM1 IM2 IM3 IN1 IO1 IO2 IP1
EWNGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
33
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points
34
G
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BQ1 BR1
35
: Location of Splice Point
36
G
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVERS SEAT) NO 1 FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT)
BS1 BS2 BT1
37
POWER SOURCE
GR 60A ABS BG 3 1 2 RL ABS SOL RELAY 6 4 5 1 2 1 2 3 WL WB WR GRR GRL 3 4 3 3 BR ABS MOTOR RELAY 1 4 LB 1 1 2 1 LR WB LW 1 3 HTR RELAY BG BR 30A CDS 2 1 2 5 1 LB 2 2B 4 1 E2 3 5 1 30A RDI 2 ENGINE MAIN RELAY BR BR LB 5 2C C F E , F11 4 2F WB 1 D 1 F 2 F 1 E B ,F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 5A TEL 15A EFI 10A HAZARD 20A RADIO NO. 1 10A HORN 30A AM2 BG SHORT PIN 1 2 4 2L 10A ECUB WB WB WB RG (* 1) RB 2 HEAD RELAY 1 2 3 2G (USA) RB (* 1) R (* 1) WR WB F6 1 A 1 C 1 B BR F9 D , F10 A , F7 100A ALT 50A HTR B FL MAIN 3. 0W 1 2A 5A ALTS 7. 5A DOME 7 2C 40A MAIN B 3 2B 1 4 BATTERY 3 4 2G 15A HEAD (RH) 15A HEAD (LH) EC GRR
3 3
3 3 3
56
* 1 : CANADA
BR
4 1B 15A FOG 25A DOOR 15A STOP 7. 5A ODB
TAILLIGHT RELAY 5 3
10A TAIL 7. 5A PANEL
30A POWER 1 2
POWER RELAY 5 3
BR
I1
1 NOISE FILTER 1 2
1 40A DEF 1 2 DEFOGGER RELAY 5 3
7 1J
WB
NOISE FILTER 10A MIRRORHEATER
BR
1 1B 2 1K
1 1 2
12 1J
YG
40A AM1 15A CIG 7. 5A RADNO. 2
ACC 3 LR 2 AM1 IG1 4 BY
6 1K 1 1K
15A POWEROUTLET 20A SEATHEATER 15A ECUIG 10A HEATER
7 AM2
IG2 6 BR ST2 8 R
10A GAUGE 20A WIPER 7. 5A TURN 3 1K 4 1K 5 1K 5 1B 5A IGN 5A STARTER
I13 IGNITION SW
WR
WR
RL 5A DRL NO. 2 2 RB 1 2 2 WR WR
RG (*1) RB (*1) RG 2 1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 3 2 4 R (*1) 2 2 2 R RL
10A HLP RH (LWR) 2 1 2 2 RG
10A HLP LH (LWR) 1 2 WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 2 R
57
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS TAILIGHT RELAY
53 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
HEAD RELAY(USA)
12 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
HEAD RELAY(CANADA)
12 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AND THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF) I13 IGNITION SW 23 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION 24 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST. POSITION 76 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION 78 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE F6 F7 F8 A B C 26 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F9 F10 F11 D E F 26 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE I13 J15 28 29 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 2 3 22 23 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATION UPPER SUPPORT RH)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE 1B 1J 1K 2A 2B 2C 2F 2G 2L SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
20
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATION SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
EC II
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34
F6 A
E2
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

F7 B F8 C
CODE
SEE PAGE 38
F9 D
I1

F10 E
F11
I13
J15
A 1 2 X X 2 6 3 7 4 8 A A A
A A
58
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
MEMO
59
STARTING AND IGNITION
ACC AM1 IG1 R BR BR
4 1K 7 AM2 IG2 6 ST2 8 WR R 5A STARTER I13 IGNITION SW 5 1K 3 1J
5 1B BW 11 IK2 4 2L 2 5 30A AM2 1 1 2A 3 2B 40A MAIN ST RELAY 3 5 2D 2 9 2K 11 2J 1 B J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B BW B BW BW 5 WB B B P N 6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK GR F6 A , F8 C BR 1 IG2 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW WB GR 10 IK2 WB C B J8 9 FL MAIN 3. 0W BR 1 A 1 B GR T3 THEFT DETERRENT ECU M BATTERY S1 A ,S2 B STARTER SRLY B A B A 8 IK2 GR A , J9 B GR BG
1 C
1 A
WR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
60
BR
BW
BR 2 1
GR NSW 14 I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 A A 12 4 2 2 1 8 1C 12 IK3 IGF IGC3 IGF WR L BR BR BR 3 1K STA N1 NOISE FILTER (IGNITION) BR 13 15 5 LGB I4 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 A 2 1 1 Y BR 6 16 BRY I3 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 A 10 2 1 G BR 24 7 IGC1 IGT1 IGT1 GR IGT3 E10 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IGC2 I2 IGNITER IGT3 IGT2 J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IGT2 A 9 BR +B 3 BR GND A
EE
61
STARTING AND INGNITION

SERVICE HINTS
I13 IGNITION SW 78 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 76 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION S 1 A , S 2 B STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW IN P OR N POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 56 : CLOSED WITH THE A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE E10 F6 F8 I2 I3 I4 A C 28 26 26 27 27 27 J8 J9 J22 J26 SEE PAGE CODE I5 I13 A B 27 28 29 29 29 29 S1 S2 T3 SEE PAGE CODE N1 P1 A B 27 27 27 27 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1C 1J 1K 2A 2B 2D 2J 2K 2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENIGNE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IG2 IK2 IK3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 GROUND POINTS LOCATION REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK
EE
62
E10
F6 A
F8 C
I2
BLACK
1 X 12 X X X X X X 13 14 X 24 X 1 5 16
1 X X
10
I3
BLACK
I4
BLACK
I5
BLACK
I13
J 8 A GRAY
X B X 6 7 8 B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J 9 B GRAY
J22
ORANGE
J26
N1
GRAY
A A C C C
A A
A A A A A
A A
A A B B
B B 1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P1 GRAY S1 A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
S 2 B BLACK
T3
ORANGE
1 X 5 6 1 X 9
63
CHARGING
* 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA
BG
ACC W 2 AM1 IG1 4 BY
ST2 3 1K WR W I13 IGNITION SW 10A GAUGE 8 1T BR 2 1J 2 B TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) RL 4 IM2 (* 2) (* 2) Y Y B JUNCTION CONNECTOR J18 A , J19 RL 10 A Y 4 IG2 BR B A B (* 1) Y B A B B 1 A BG 1 C (* 2) Y 6 EB2 RL W Y BG 1 A B 1 B L 2 B IG IC REGULATOR 5A IGN 1 1K
2 1K 2 40A AM1
5 1K
5 1B
WR
1 1 1B
BG
BR
5A ALTS
30A AM2
E2 BR
D , F11
1 2A 1 D 1 F 2 F
C ,F9
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
100A ALT
A ,F8
F6
FL MAIN 3. 0W
BATTERY
G1
A ,G2
GENERATOR
64
C7
A ,C8
4 2L
3 2C
3 B S
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]
BY
7 AM2
IG2 6
BR
SERVICE HINTS
G 2 B GENERATOR B 3GROUND : 13.915.1 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25SC (77SF) 13.514.3 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115SC (239SF) B 2GROUND : 04 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 C8 F6 F8 A B A C 28 28 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F9 F11 G1 G2 D F A B 26 26 26 26 J18 J19 SEE PAGE CODE I13 A B 28 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1J 1K 1T 2A 2C 2L 24 20 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

CODE EB2 IG2 IN2 34 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34
C7
SEE PAGE

A BLUE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
C8
F6
1 X X X 10 X X X 2 X
F8
F9
F11
G1
G2
B BLACK
1 1 1 2 2 3
I13
J18
A BLACK
J19
B BLACK
B X X 2 6 7 4
65
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS ( 1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILTIN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. ( 2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1 AND OXS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (HTL, HTR AND HTS). ( 4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CAMSHAFT POSITION AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION ARE DETECTED BY THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. THE CAMSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G22+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE ENGINE RPM IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NE+. ( 5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE TRANSMISSION, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. ( 7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL, PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ( 8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS INTO TERMINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. ( 9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VIA THE EFI RELAY. (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW METER AND A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) NSW SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR 1 AND 2, THEN THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNKR AND KNKL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
66
2. CONTROL SYSTEM S SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM THE SFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO (12)). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. S ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS, WHICH ARE INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 3, 4, 12). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 AND IGT3. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. S HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS HTL, HTR AND HTS, CONTROLLING THE HEATER. S IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM THE IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLE STABILITY FOR FAST IDLEUP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 5, 8, 9), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS RSO AND RSC TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE. S EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM 1, 4, 9, 10), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE VSV (EGR). THE EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR IS MOUNTED ON THE EGR VALVE. THIS SENSOR CONVERTS THE EGR VALVE OPENING HEIGHT INTO A VOLTAGE AND SENDS IT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AS THE EGR VALVE POSITION SIGNAL. S ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM) ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL). 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. 4. FAILSAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEMS, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAILSAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
67
ENGINE CONTROL
R
BR
BR WR 7 AM2 IG2 6 ST2 8 BR R 1 3 1K 5 1K I13 IGNITION SW 5A IGN 2 5 1B WR 1 GR 8 1C BR 1 LB 3 7 1W CIR OPN RELAY 5 BR
BR
4 2L
5 EB2 GR 30A AM2 12 IK3 BR
4 EB2 LB 7 ID1 F19 FUEL PUMP 5 WB LB 4 M
J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 2A B A BR A BR A BR A BR A BR A BR
3 IK2 A GR
A BR
A BR
A BR
A BR I11 INJECTOR NO. 6 2 1 G
1 C C FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
A , F8
I6 INJECTOR NO. 1
I7 INJECTOR NO. 2
I8 INJECTOR NO. 3
I9 INJECTOR NO. 4
1 A BG
I10 INJECTOR NO. 5
F6
RL
GR FL MAIN 3. 0W G RL W Y R BATTERY L BR BR BR BR A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN
68
R FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) BR 4 1K BY
BY BY BY
BR 7 2K 1 5
15A EFI
J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B B B BW P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 5 P N 6
5A STARTER
EFI RELAY 2 3
IK3 FROM FAN NO. 1 RELAY 3 1J BW
BY
BW
11 IK2
5 2C WB
4 2F WB
10 2C BR
2 2J BY
8 2J
BW
10 IK2
BY
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B A
B A BY
GW
A , J29
C B J8 A , J9 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 IK2 BY GW B A 8 IK2 GR BW D 14 D NSW TRC 27 A L BR BR BR BR BY
B B
B B
J28
BY
BY GR
E7 23 A +B 14 A BATT 9 B CF 13 D STA
A ,E8
B ,E9
C , E10
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FC 18 C GR G RL W Y R L BR BR BR BR WB
# 60 5 D G
#50 6 D RL
#40 7 D W
# 30 8 D Y
#20 9 D R
#10 10 D L
NEO 19 A BRW
EFI+ 26 A W
EFI 25 A B
TRC+ 28 A G
FROM TRACTION CONTROL ECU
EC
GR
GR
69
ENGINE CONTROL
BY BY A BY FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) A A A A BY A J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
10A TAIL
10A MIRROR HEATER
15A STOP BY BY BY BY 1 V5 VSV (EVAP) THA 21 C 2 2 B EVP1 LG E2G 7 B 1 2 RB 3 BR LY
9 1C
11 1J
7 1C V7 VSV (VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR) W 2
V6 VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL)
GO
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
1 V4 VSV (EGR) 2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A A
A , J19
1 BY GW J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C B
J18
4 1R A GO
WR
GW
A GW
5 1R
3 A ELS
2 A ELS2
24 A STP
6 B ACIS
8 B TPC
12 B EGR
E7
A ,E8
B ,E9
C , E10
D IGT1 24 D G Y BRY LGB WR GR L P 5 4 BY IGT2 16 D IGT3 15 D IGF 12 D VG 8 C
I3 IGNITION COIL NO. 1
2 IGC3
1 IGC2
10 IGC1
7 IGT1
6 IGT2
5 IGT3
4 IGF
+B 9 1 I2 IGNITER
GND 3
BR BR BR BR BY
BR
70
BR
EE
YG
RY
M1 MASS AIR FLOW METER
BY
BR I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE A 1 2 RW BY RSO 23 D E2 22 C BR VTA1 RSC 3 22 D 7 C L YB VC 1 C J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y H10 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) 1 2 PB +B HT (SHIELDED) 3 4 OXS E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 18 A B E1 OX BR THG 1 2 14 B BR GY 2 IK1 BR BY HTS 17 A I5 E7 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR GB THW 20 C HTR A ,E8 1 2 1 11 B LB HT (SHIELDED) 3 4 13 C W BR E1 OX +B A H5 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) BY 2 OXR1 B ,E9 V1 VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR 3 Y VCC PTNK C , E10 13 B 2 PTNK LR D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BR I5 1 BR E2 HTL 10 B A 1 YR (SHIELDED) 3 4 19 C B BR E1 OX H6 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) BY 2 +B HT A E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR OXL1 2 BR 15 B 3 WG EGLS BR I5 BY 1 Y 12 BY +B 8 5 B LW TC TE1 3 BR E1 31 D BL PS D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (SHIELDED) BR BR BR BR BR BR
BR
I5
E2
VTA
VC
T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
BR
I5
BR
P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW
I5
I6
71
ENGINE CONTROL
BR
BR
BR BR (SHIELDED)
BR BR
I5 BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
A BR BR A A BR
BR BR
BR BR BR C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1 2 C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 1 BR BR
A A A A A A A J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(SHIELDED)
BR I6
BW
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
I6 W L
BR
(SHIELDED)
W GR VW 3 B W 12 A SPD
5 C NE+
6 C NE
17 C G22+
16 B E1
1 D ADJ2
8 A SIL
E7
A ,E8
B ,E9
C , E10
KNKL 14 C
KNKR 15 C
THWO ACT 9 A BR 5 A
A/C 16 A
TACH 13 A
E01 34 D
E02 33 D
E03 28 D
I6 (SHIELDED) BO (SHIELDED) BO
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
F A LGB BY V
F A B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BR
BR
A , J29
BR
4 EC1
2 EC1
1 EC1
3 EC1 D B D B BO
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
14 B K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 1 TW2
10 B ACT
13 B AC1
16 A IGN TO ABSORBER CONTROL ECU BO
A14
A , A15
BO
J28
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
ED
72
BR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56)
BR
7. 5A OBD
10A GAUGE
(SHIELDED) 10 1J BR 6 IK3 BR I11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR BR D A J28 A , J29 B D RL 3 IJ1 C7 16 BAT RL VW A , C9 C , C10 D 3 D 10 C COMBINATION METER D4 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 5 SG VW MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP 13 A RL BO 5 D GR SPEEDOMETER TACHOMETER 9 C L JUNCTION CONNECTOR B F B RL 1 1J 2 1D RL D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B B
A , J9 (SHIELDED) J8
C A
SIL 7
CG 4
W GR VW C C J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR VW WB
IK2
4 D P
13 D
A B J8 A , J9 B A J25 6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A WB A P 2 SE L IJ1 10 IJ1 7 IL1 2 IL1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
GR
BO
3 V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER) SI
8 1J
7 1J
RL
3 WB
IK1 GR
IG+ 1
BO A
BR
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IJ
EE
RL
BR
73
ENGINE CONTROL
SERVICE HINTS CIR OPN RELAY
1 5 1 3 : CLOSED WITH THE STARTER RUNNING
EFI RELAY
53 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR 12 : 10.0 20.0 K (20_C, 4_F) 4.0 07.0 K (000_C, 32_F) 2.0 03.0 K (020_C, 68_F) 0.9 01.3 K (40_C, 104_F) 0.4 00.7 K (60_C, 140_F) 0.2 00.4 K (80_C, 176_F) E7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WIRING CONNECTOR BATTE1 : ALWAYS 9.014.0 VOLTS +BE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW TO ON POSITION) VCE2 : ALWAYS 4.55.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA1E2 : 0.30.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) 3.24.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) VGE2G : 1.11.5 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW OFF) THAE2 : 0.53.4 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20_C, 68_F) THWE2 : 0.21.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80_C, 176_F) IGFE1 : 4.55.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) G22+NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NE+NE : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) SILE1 : PULSE GENERATION (DURING TRANSMISSION) TACHE1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) STAE1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING) THGE2 : 4.55.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) EGREO1: 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) FCE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 03.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING) SPDE1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY) WE1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) A/CE1 : BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) 9.014.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACTE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) BELOW 2.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACISEO1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) NSWE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) 03.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) EVPE01 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) TCE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) STPE1 : 7.514.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) 01.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED) CFE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON HIGH SPEED) : 02.0 VOLTS (COOLING FAN IS OPERATING ON LOW SPEED OR OFF) TPCE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DISCONNECT THE VACUUM HOSE FROM THE VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR) PTNKE1 : 3.03.6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 1.32.1 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND APPLY VACUUM 2.0 KPA) RSC,RSOE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) KNKL,KNKRE1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) HTS, HTL, HTRE03 : 9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 03.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING) OXS, OXL1, OXR1E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500 RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP) IGT1, IGT2, IGT3E1:PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60EO1:9.014.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) :PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 , I10, I 11 INJECTOR 21 : APPROX. 13.8 T 2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 21 : 3.75 K
74
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 A15 C1 C2 C7 C9 C10 D1 D4 E1 E2 E4 E7 E8 E9 E10 F6 F8 F19 H5 H6 A B C D A C A C D A B 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 26 28 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 26 26 30 26 26 J18 J19 J22 J8 J9 J15 J17 A B SEE PAGE CODE H10 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 I9 I10 I11 I13 J4 A B 28 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J28 J29 J37 K1 K2 M1 P1 P2 S10 T2 V1 V2 V4 V5 V6 V7 SEE PAGE CODE J23 J24 J25 J26 J27 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 27 27 27 27 27 29 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 22 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE 1B 1C 1D 1J 1K 1R 1W 2A 2C 2F 2J 2K 2L 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE EB2 EC1 34 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE (LEFT BANK OF THE CYLINDER HEAD)
75

CODE ID1 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IK3 IL1 38 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) 38 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ) 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
76
ENGINE CONTROL
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC ED EE II IJ BN 34 34 34 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
I5 I6
I11
A14 A
A15 B
C1
BLACK
C2
BLACK
X 16 X X 10 X X 13 14 X
1 2
1 2
C 7 A BLUE
C 9 C GRAY
C10 D BROWN
X X
X X 13
9 10
3 4 5
13
D1
BLACK
D4
E1
DARK GRAY
1 2 X X 3 X 8 X 12 X X X X X X X X X X X 16 X X X X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X
E2
BLACK
E4
DARK GRAY
E7 A
E8 B
E9 C
1 2 1 2 3 9 14
2 3 X 5
8 12 13
X 2 3 X 5 6 7
1 7 8
5 6 X X
16 17 18 19 X X 25 26 27 28
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
X 13 14 15 X 17 18 19 20 21 22
X 23 24
E10 D
F6 A
F8 C
F19
H5
DARK GRAY
1 1 X 12 X 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16
1 1 3 4 5 2 4
X X X X 22 23 24 X X 28 X X 31 X 33 34
77
H6
DARK GRAY
H10
DARK GRAY
I1
GRAY
I2
BLACK
1 3
2 4
1 3
2 1 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X 9 10 2 3
I3
BLACK
I4
BLACK
I5
BLACK
I6
GRAY
I7
GRAY
I8
GRAY
2 1 2 1 2 1 2
I9
GRAY
I10
GRAY
I11
GRAY
I13
J4
BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

X 6 7 8
J8
A GRAY
J9
B GRAY
J15
J17
BLUE
A A B A B A B A C A C A C A B A B A B A C A C A C A A A
A A
C C
C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK J22 ORANGE
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J23
A A A A C C A A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A A A A
A A
A A

J24
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

J25 J26 J27
A A
A A A A A
A A
A A A A A X X X B B B X B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 K1
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
DARK GRAY
K2
DARK GRAY
A B D D X B X F F D D B X B X F F A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
78
ENGINE CONTROL
M1
BLACK
P1
GRAY
P2
BLACK
S10
BLUE
X 5 6
1 1 2
T2
BLACK
V1
GRAY
V2
BLACK
V4
BROWN
V5
BLUE
1 2 3
3 1 2 1 2
V6
BROWN
V7
BLUE
79
HEADLIGHT (USA)
C8
C9
C GRAY
C11
15
5 X X 13 X X X 7 8
16
F6
F8 C
H1
BLACK
H2
BLACK
H3
BLACK
H4
BLACK
1 1 2 2
X 3 1 2 2
X 3
I15
J8
GRAY
J10
J11
J15
A A A A A A A D D X X X X F F A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK
A A
A A
A A A A A
A A
A A D D D E E E A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J31 A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J32 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A X
A X
C X
C X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
80
HEADLIGHT (USA)
2 4 40A MAIN 1 HEAD RELAY 3 8 2K 2 3 2G 4 2G 6 2G 5 2G 2 2G 8 2C 5 2J 15A HEAD (LH) 15A HEAD (RH)
1 3 2B
RW
E B B J18 A , J19 B
H4 HEADLIGHT RH (LO)
H2 HEADLIGHT LH (LO)
H3 HEADLIGHT RH (HI)
H1 HEADLIGHT LH (HI)
RW 2 RW RW JUNCTION CONNECTOR RW C B A , J21 B A A J20 3 IG1 3 WB
RB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A RB D A
R 2
RB
WB
RB
INTEGRATION RELAY
1 C C A ,F8
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
3 B B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C A
C A
A , J32
RB
A B
A B RB 4 IG1
1 A
I15
4 B
RY
RB
13 LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD LOW
J31
F6
RB
J10
A , J11
JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A D A RW F B RW 7 B HEAD 15 B WB IG WB J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J WB WB WB A A HIGH 5 C RB J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC EA
BG
DIMMER SW
RB
HIGH FLASH 16 WB C11 COMBINATION SW
COMBINATION METER
A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB
FL MAIN 3. 0W
8 1J
BATTERY
C8
B ,C9
3 C
81
SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY

12 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR THE DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION

PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 115)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 C9 C11 F6 F8 H1 H2 A C B C 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 J10 J11 J15 I15 J8 A B SEE PAGE CODE H3 H4 B 26 26 28 29 29 29 29 J18 J19 J20 J21 J31 J32 SEE PAGE CODE J16 A B A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
1J 2B 2C 2G 2J 2K
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( )
20

CODE SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)
IG1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
EA EC IG II
82
HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
RG R RB
7 2C
1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 2 HEAD RELAY 1 4 15A HEAD (LH) 4 2 3 2B 3 2G 8 2K RY RL RL R R R 2 2 3 2 4 2G 5 2G 2 2G 15A HEAD (RH)
40A MAIN
2 1
RB
RB RB RY
2 B 2 1 1 10A HLP LH (LWR) 2 1 C C 2 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 10A HLP RH (LWR) 2 2 RL WR 1 5A DRL NO. 2 2 2 WR 1 2 RB H1 HEADLIGHT LH (HI)
F6
A ,F8
1 A
RG
WB
WB
BG
H4 HEADLIGHT RH (LO)
H2 HEADLIGHT LH (LO)
2 2 WB 3 2
FL MAIN 3. 0W
4 2
1 2
DRL NO. 4 RELAY
WB
BATTERY
RB
WB WB
2 WB WB
H3 HEADLIGHT RH (HI)
1 RW
EC
EA
83
R RB
R RB
RB
E B
E B J18 A , J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B
WB
D A
D A
4 IG1 RY RB RB
C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]
I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY
3 B RB 4 B 13 RY 8 16 WB
3 RW
WR D RW
RY
LIGHT CONTROL SW
OFF TAIL HEAD LOW HIGH FLASH 7 RY A A
2 1 DRL NO. 3 RELAY 5
RW
RW
RW
WB WB
C B
J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A A
DIMMER SW
3 IG1
C11 COMBINATION SW
RW
8 1J 7 1J
RB A A J8 A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WB
A B B
WB
RW RW
WB
7 EB2
WB J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A WB EC
II
84
HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) R RB 7. 5A DOME 10A GAUGE
12 2J R
1 1J RL D J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RL
1 1W
8 EB2 7 1V
RB
2 H
9 DRL
7 +B
1 IG
D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
HI 8 RY 6
PKB 4
BRK 10
CHG 5 Y B A J18
WB
J20 A B
A , J21
B RW J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
RW
A , J19
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B RW 1 RW B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW B B
C A
C A 1
6 EB2
P3 PARKING BRAKE SW FROM BRAKE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] RY 2
Y 1 L G2 GENERATOR J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II
WB A
WB
WB
85
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN MAIN FUSE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND TEINRMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL B 4 TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN MAIN FUSE DRL NO.2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL 9 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN).
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION

WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING PEDAL LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM MAIN FUSE FLOWS TO DRL NO. 2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) HEAD (LH) FUSE TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (LH) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 3 OF THE DRL NO.3 RELAY TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP DIMMER THAN NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE HEADLIGHTS HAVE LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, HEADLIGHT ARE TURNED OFF. IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
SWHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL B 4 TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TERMINAL 16 GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) DRL NO. 2 FUSE DRL NO.3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND DRL NO.4 RELAY (COIL SIDE) GROUND, TURNING THE DRL NO.3 AND NO.4 RELAY ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEAD RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEADLIGHT (LO) TERMINAL 3 GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO SIDE) LIGHT UP. SDIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW TERMINAL 16 GROUND, TURNING THE HEAD RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND ALSO THE DRL NO.2 RELAY. WHEN THE HEAD RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP. SDIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TERMINAL B 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL B 3 TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN DIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DRL NO.2 RELAY, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DRL NO.2 RELAY (POINT SIDE) HEAD (LH) FUSE TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH (HI) TERMINAL 2 DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE) GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMULTANEOUSLY FLOWS FROM HEAD (RH) FUSE DRL NO.3 RELAY (POINT SIDE) TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH (HI) TERMINAL 2 DRL NO.4 RELAY (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP.
SERVICE HINTS
D 5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 1GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) 5GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
86
HEADLIGHT(CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B1 C9 C11 D5 F6 F8 G2 H1 A C 26 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 J8 J9 J10 I15 J2 A B SEE PAGE CODE H2 H3 H4 B 26 26 26 28 29 29 29 29 J18 J19 J20 J21 J28 P3 SEE PAGE CODE J15 A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE IJ 1V 1W 2B 2C 2G 2J 2K 20 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 20 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( ) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)

CODE EB2 IG1 34 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II 34 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
87
B1
GRAY
C9
GRAY
C11
D5
GRAY
1 2 1 2 3 X 5 X X X X 13 7 8 5 6 7
X 4 8 9 10
X 16
F6
F8 C
G2
BLACK
H1
BLACK
H2
BLACK
1 1 1 2 2
X 3
H3
BLACK
H4
BLACK
I15
J2
BLACK
J8
A GRAY
X 1 2 2 3 3 4
B B B A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J9 B GRAY J10 J15 J18 A BLACK J19 B BLACK
A A A A A A A D D X X A A A
A A B B D D D B B E E E
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J28 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P3 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 A A C C A A C C D D X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
88
INTERIOR LIGHT
7. 5A DOME
12 2J R
1 1W
9 1S
8 1G
I14 1
INTEGRATION RELAY
10
6 A
2 1M
1 1M
5 1F R
2 1F
7 1J
RW
GR
I12 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT
1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 2 1 V9 VANITY LIGHT RH V8 VANITY LIGHT LH PERSONAL LIGHT I16 INTERIOR LIGHT 1 2
DOOR
OFF ON
1 WB
2 2 A (*1) 2 B (*2)
D6 DIODE (COURTESY) RG
P5
A ,
RG
FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU
RW
B3
B3
B3
RW
WB
RG
RG
B 4 : *1 B 2 : *2
WB
RW
E A WB
E A
E A
E A
WB
B2 WB
J34
A , J35
D B RG 7 IP1 RG D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B2 WB WB (*1)
3 1F J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
3 1V WB
BQ
IF
WB A II
89
90
R R RW RG I14 A INTEGRATION RELAY FROM WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU D A E B FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU 4 6 4 1G 1 1G D A RW RW RW 9 IP1 * 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 2 : W/O MOON ROOF FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU 1 J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RW RW D A E B A , J35 B 12 1S 7 1S 1 11 1H RW 1 C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] A A 6 8 RW R E B E A FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU RG E B E A FROM AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR RG RG J10 A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RG RY B RG RG 18 1 2 RG IE2 1 2 18 IO2 RG RB RG RG 17 A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R R D7 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT LH IE2 A D8 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT RH 2 1 L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT RY B8 R 17 IO2 R R RW RW
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH
D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
RY
INTERIOR LIGHT
SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY
1GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN 6GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOORCOURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR, LH, RH 1GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C9 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 28 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 J34 J10 J11 J15 A I14 I16 J5 A B SEE PAGE CODE I12 A 28 28 30 29 29 29 29 29 P5 V8 V9 SEE PAGE CODE J35 L6 L7 A B B 29 30 30 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE IF IG 1H IJ 1M 1S 1V 1W 2J 24 24 24 24 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE IE2 I02 IP1 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF II BQ 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH ROOF LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B2 B3 40 ROOF WIRE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE B4 B8 40 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE ROOF WIRE
91
* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 2 : W/O MOON ROOF
C9
GRAY
D6
BLACK
D7
GRAY
D8
GRAY
D9
D10
1 X 6 8
D11
D12
I12
I14 A ORANGE
I16
1 1 2 1 X X 6 X X
1 2
J5
GRAY
J10 A
J11
J15
A A A A A A A E E X X X X E E A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J35 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L6 GRAY L7 BLACK P 5 A (* 1) P 5 B (* 2)
2 2 1 2
1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) V8 BLUE V9
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) BLUE
92
1 F
4 1B
TAILLIGHT
1 A
BG E2 100A ALT 2 F BR FL MAIN 3. 0W
BR
BR
BATTERY F6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK A , F11 F LIGHT CONTROL SW I15 OFF INTEGRATION RELAY J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C GR GR 1 B 2 B 14 G TAIL HEAD TAILLIGHT RELAY B C11 COMBINATION SW 2 6 1C J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3
1 5
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 A A 8 1J WB WB
7 1J
WB
II F3 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH 2 1 B A B B GO GO J31 F4 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH 2 1 B A GO JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J32 B L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH WB 1 2 GB B12 L3 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH WB 1 2 GB B14 R12 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH WB G 1 2 G B11 R13 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH WB G 1 2 WB
9 1C
C B
A A
WB
GO J18
EC
10A TAIL
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WB
A , J19
EA
8 1S
GB
GB B5 GB B5
WB
B13
GB
WB
93
94
GB WB R7 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 3 4 WB G B14 WB R9 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 4 WB B10 G B14 G R8 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] T T+ 1 2 9 3 WB G 8 B15 G GB 1 1S RL 10A GAUGE IG 2 1D R6 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] DELAY 1 2 5 WB 4 YG IL G B13 RL D D 7 A 3 D FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) YG IF3 RL C7 GND 11 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB A , C10 REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR D
WB
WB
BN
WB
WB
WB
B13
BP
TAILLIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAILIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING

WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ! TERMINAL 11 ! GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY

53 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4,8GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 4,3GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION ,11GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 C10 C11 F3 F4 F6 F11 I15 J2 A F B A D 28 28 28 26 26 26 26 28 29 J18 J19 J31 J32 J37 L2 SEE PAGE CODE J4 J8 J15 A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE L3 L4 R6 R7 R8 R9 R12 R13 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1C 1D 1J 1S 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IF3 36 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II BN BP 34 34 36 40 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 B10 B11 40 FLOOR WIRE 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE B12 B13 B14 40 FLOOR WIRE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
95
C7
A BLUE
C10 D BROWN
C11
X X
X X
3 X X X X 14 X 16
F3
GRAY
F4
GRAY
F6
F11
I15 B
J2
BLACK
1 1 2 1 2 C C C 1 2 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J4
BLAC K
J8
GRAY
J15
J18
A BLACK
J19
B BLACK
D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A
A A A A C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J31 A J32 B J37 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L2 GRAY L3 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) GRAY
A B B X X B B X X A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) R6 GRAY R7 R8 GRAY R9 R12 GRAY
3 4 X 8 9 X 11 X 1 2 X 3 4 1 2 X 3 4
R13 GRAY
96
ILLUMINATION
BR
4 1B
1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2
7. 5A PANEL 5 1D G
G 4 1J G G
6 1C GR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C
D A C GR
D A
D A J20 A , J21 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BR
E B 2 B I15 E2 1 B B
E B
INTEGRATION RELAY G G G G H9 HAZARD SW B B 6 1V 7 1J BATTERY 8 9 4 1H B
BR
BR
A14 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW
12
1 F
2 F LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD
14
A , F11
100A ALT
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
F6
C11 COMBINATION SW
16
1 A
WB
D B BG J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
D B
D B
A WB J18 A , J19 B E A E A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J
WB A II
97
98
G S3 SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER S SEAT) 3 1 J5 B G B C B A , J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 1 3 3 1 C B B A A B A A B II1 II1 I9 I9 B S4 SEAT HEATER SW(FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT) B G G G G B A A A G R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 9 2 C B A B A A WG G G B A A A O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] 3 1 A B A A B G G B J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J13 B R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 6 5 B G G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW 2 1 2 1 WB GW G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT G B G G
WB
ILLUMINATION
* 1 : CANADA
10A GAUGE
2 1D G G RL D RL D D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL 8 B 3 D C8 (* 1) TAIL B , C10 D 7 T R5 RHEOSTAT COMBINATION METER (*1) TR 3 15 B 1 D 2 D BR TC 6 ILL 2 1 B WB BR B J4 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR B B TO A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY WB B WB WB A A A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB IG WB A RL 5 IG E G
99
SERVICE HINTS TAILIGHT RELAY

53 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF) C11 COMBINATION SW 1416:CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 A25 C5 C8 C10 C11 F6 F11 G3 G4 H9 A F B D 28 28 28 28 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 J18 J12 J13 J15 J16 A J5 J6 J8 A B SEE PAGE CODE I15 J2 J4 A B B 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J19 J20 J21 O2 R2 R4 R5 S3 S4 B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1C 1D 1H 1J 1V 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE II1 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG II 36 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE I9 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE
100
ILLUMINATION
A14 A25 BLACK C5
12 X X X 5 6 1 3
C8
C10
D BROWN
C11
15
3 X X 14 X X
16
F6
F11
G3
G4
BLACK
H9
BLACK
I15
1 1 1 2 8 9 X 2 1 2 X 1 2
J2
BLACK
J4
BLACK
J5
A GRAY
J6
B GRAY
J8
GRAY
B C C C D D D
B B A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J12 A GRAY J13 B GRAY J15
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A
A A
A A
A A A A A
A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J18 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK J20 A BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J21
B BLACK
O 2 BLUE
1 E E E D D D D D D E E E 3
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
101
R 2
R 4
BLACK
R 5
BLUE
S 3
BLACK
1 2 X 9 X 5 6 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 3 X
S 4
BLUE
1 3 X
102
FRONT FOG LIGHT

15A HEAD(RH)
10A HLP LH (LWR) 2 5 2J RW (*1) 2 1 1C
15A FOG
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A , J21
4 IM3
J20
A A (*2) R
RW (*1) 1 5 F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 2 3
LY RW RB J31 C B 11 DIMMER SW LOW HIGH FLASH OFF ON 10 RL 17 16 F1 FRONT FOG LIGHT LH 1 1 A A A A A , J32 B
C B
(*2)
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
RW
FOG LIGHT SW
C11 COMBINATION SW
F2 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH
2 WB
J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB WB EA
A 7 1J 8 1J
WB
WB
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC
RW 2
103
SERVICE HINTS
F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 35 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FRONT FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C11 F1 F2 F12 28 26 26 26 J20 J21 SEE PAGE CODE J8 J15 A B 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J31 J32 A B 29 29 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 2 23 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE 1C 1J 2J 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMAPRTMENT LEFT)

CODE IN3 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC II 34 34 36
C 11
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
F1 F2 1 5 3 F12
X 10 11
XXX X 16 17
J8 G A RY
J15
J20 A B A K LC
J B BA K 21 LC
A AA A AA
A A A A A A (H T: S PAG 7) IN EE E
A A
C C
(H T: SE P E 7) IN E AG J31 A J32 B
(H T: SEEP E7) IN AG
(H T: SE PA E7) IN E G
C C X X (H T: SE P E 7) IN E AG
AA X X (H T: SE PAG 7) IN E E
104
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

7. 5A TURN
10A HAZARD
2 1L GR
3 2K W 6 1 GB
H9 HAZARD SW OFF HAZARD ON 5 GR 4 GW
2 GY GY GB GB
GB 2 T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 3 1
8 1V
8 1H
5 1A GB GB
11 1S GB GY B B B GB J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WB
1 EB2 GB GB GY 13
F3 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH GB
R14 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH
2 LH 1 15 RH
WB
WB
WB
C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]
11
B13 WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II EC
WB
WB BP
IG
105
C11 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] LH TURN RH 2 GY GB GB GY D GY D D GY J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 3
GB GY
GY
D B 6 1H 10 1C 2 1A J31 F A 6 1S GY F4 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH GY A , J32 B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R15 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
WB
WB
106
WB EA
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT

SERVICE HINTS
T 6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON. 1GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR THE HAZARD SW ON. 3GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 C11 F3 F4 H9 28 28 26 26 28 J31 SEE PAGE CODE J2 J15 J16 J17 A 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J32 R14 R15 T6 B 29 31 31 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1A 1C 1H 1L 1S 1V 2K 24 24 24 24 24 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE EB2 34 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EC IG II BP 34 34 36 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B13 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
107
C8
C11
F3
GRAY
F4
GRAY
11
13
15 1 X 2 3 X X X 3 X
2 3
H9
BLACK
J2
BLACK
J15
J16
ORANGE
1 5
2 6 7
4 X
D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A
A A
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) R14 GRAY R15 GRAY
J17 BLUE
J31
J32
B B B X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T6 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) F F D D X X 1 2 1 2
1 2 3
108
STOP LIGHT
15A STOP
10A GAUGE
7 1C W
1 1S RL
2 1D RL D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RL 3 D
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
1 GW
C7
A , C10
REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 A YG
4 1R
2 1S GW RL 5 IF3 YG 7 8 4 DELAY 1 2 GR L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
11 WB WB GR 3 1 B13 WB
B7 GR
WB
WB
A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN
B13 WB
WB
BP
R8 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
H11 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT
R6 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
109
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING

WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR ! TERMINAL 11 ! GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
S10 STOP LIGHT SW 21 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 1, 2, 7GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE STOP LIGHT SW ON 1, 4, 8GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ,1, 11GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C7 A C10 D H11 SEE PAGE 28 28 30 CODE J4 J37 L4 SEE PAGE 29 30 30 CODE R6 R8 S10 SEE PAGE 31 31 29

CODE 1C 1D 1R 1S SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE BN BP SEE PAGE 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B7 SEE PAGE 40
C7 A BLUE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR WIRE

C10
CODE B13
D BROWN
SEE PAGE 40

H11 J4 BLACK
1 X X X 7 X X 3
J37
L4
R6
GRAY
R8
GRAY
S10 BLUE
1 2 A A A A A A X 7 8
4 X X 11 X 1 3 1 3 1 2
110
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BACKUP LIGHT
10A GAUGE
1 1J RL D A J28 A , J29 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B RL 2 IK2 J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A P1 BACKUP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] 8 13 1S RB RB 1 R9 BACKUP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB RL 2 RB RL A
B9
RB
5 1V 3 IK3 R7 BACKUP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] J28 A RB
C A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR C A WB B14 WB A BN
RB
111
SERVICE HINTS
P 1 BACKUP LIGHT SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW) 28 : CLOSED WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J25 J28 J29 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J37 P1 R7 30 27 31 SEE PAGE CODE R9 31 SEE PAGE

CODE IJ 1S 1V 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IK2 IK3 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE BN 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B9 40
J25
SEE PAGE

J28 A J29
CODE B14
B
SEE PAGE 40

J37
A A A X X
X X D D X X C C X X F F
A A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
P1
GRAY
R7
R9
2 8
1 X 3
1 X 3
112
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL

RB GR E J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 IG1 GR 7 IJ1 8 1D RB 12 2J R JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1W BR J10 A 8 1G R RB A A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R 1 H IG 2 A 1 5 A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 6 CTY 3 E B 1 IG1 J10 A , J11 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL E2 BR BR E A RG 12 OFF LIGHT CONTROL SW TAIL HEAD AUTO C11 COMBINATION SW 16 WB RG 7 1S 1 1G J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RG RL 1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 15A ECUIG 7. 5A DOME
E C RB RB
C 8 2K 3 HEAD RELAY 3 2G 2 GR B B GR B A A , J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A WB FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J 7 1J WB A BATTERY B F A
F A
1 6 1C TAILLIGHT RELAY
7 3 T
J34
2 40A MAIN
1 3 2B 4 1B
1 C
1 F
2 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK C , 100A ALT A ,F8 F6
BR
1 A BG
F11
113
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECUIG FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE DOME FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).

WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS A DECREASE IN THE AMBIENT LIGHT (TO BETWEEN APPROX. 90 AND APPROX. 475 LUX), THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. ABOUT 5 SECONDS AFTER IT IS ACTIVATED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 16 ! GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT. IF THE AMBIENT LIGHT DROPS BELOW APPROX. 90 LUX, THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR IS ACTIVATED AND ABOUT 3 SECONDS LATER, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 16 ! GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHT. WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION AND ACTIVATION OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR HAS TURNED ON THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS THE AMBIENT LIGHT ABOVE APPROX. 1000 LUX, THE SENSOR IS TURNED OFF AFTER ABOUT 5 SECONDS. SO THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMNAL 12 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS CUT OFF, AND THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TURN OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 2GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 1GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 6GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION 3GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DRIVERS DOOR OPEN C11 COMBINATION SW 1216 : CLOSED WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A32 C11 D9 F6 F8 A C 28 28 30 26 26 J10 SEE PAGE CODE F11 J2 J5 J8 A F 26 29 29 29 29 J34 J35 SEE PAGE CODE J11 J15 J19 A B B 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1C 1D 1G 1J 1S 1W 2B 2G 2J 2K 24 24 24 24 24 20 20 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE IG1 IJ1 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE II 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
114

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34
A32 BLACK
SEE PAGE

C11
CODE
SEE PAGE
D9
F6
F8
1 1 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 X X 12 X X X X 16
F11
J2
BLACK
J5
GRAY
J8
GRAY
J10
C C C 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) A A A A A A A A A A A A E E X F X F
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J11
J15
J19
BLACK
J34
BLACK
J35
B BLACK
A X X E E A A A
A A E E E B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
115
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
C11
D9
F6
F8
F11
1 1 X X X X 13 14 X 16
1 1 2
I15
J2
BLACK
J8
GRAY
J15
J18
A BLACK
C C C 1 2 3 4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) A A A A A A
A A A A
A A D D D
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 B BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
E E E
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
116
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF

B
3 2B 1
1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2 4 1B 6 1C
10A GAUGE
7. 5A DOME
40A MAIN
2 3
4 HEAD RELAY 3
GR
12 2J
8 2K
BR
E B J18 A , J19 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A
E2 GR RB 1 1W 1 C 1 F 2 F 2 B 7 1 3 B 1 B 4 B RY 6 I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S 14 13 G 7 1J FL MAIN 3. 0W 8 1J C11 COMBINATION SW LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF TAIL HEAD 16 J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A WB RG WB 1 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
BR
100A ALT
1 A
F6
A , F8
C , F11
BR
F 10
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK BG
BATTERY
WB
RB
117
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL B 3 THROUGH THE HEAD RELAY (COIL SIDE).
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION

(TURN TAILLIGHT ON). WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL B 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 2 OF THE REALY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 1 TERMINAL 14 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TERMINAL 16 TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON. (TURN HEADLIGHT ON) WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS B 1 AND B 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THESE SIGNALS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL B 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL B 4 TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TERMINAL 16 TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEAD RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION

WITH THE LIGHTS ON AND THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE REALY), WHEN DOOR ON FRONT LH SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL B 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL B 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL B 3 TO TERMINAL B 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
I13 B B B B B INTEGRATION RELAY 3GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION 2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION 4GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION 1GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 6GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 7GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 10GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
118
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C11 D9 F6 F8 A C 28 30 26 26 SEE PAGE CODE F11 I15 J2 J8 F B 26 28 29 29 J18 J19 SEE PAGE CODE J15 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1B 1C 1J 1S 1W 2B 2J 2K 24 24 20 20 FLOOR WIIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE II 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 34 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
119
WIPER AND WASHER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] +B OFF INT LOW HIGH WASHER L 1 1A 4 1C +2 +1 +S INT1 INT2 B1 EW WF 20A WIPER
E A L
2 M 1 LW
17
16
11
11 IM2 WB LW LO LB LY L
W2 WASHER MOTOR
J31
A , J32
E B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR L A A A J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L LO LB LY
L 2 5 WB 10 2J WB 4 2F 5 2C WB WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR EC II
F5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
120
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW. TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION

WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR TERMINAL 5 GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION

WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 8 TERMINAL 4 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR TERMINAL 5 GROUND AND CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 2 GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR TERMINAL 5 GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSERS CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN THE RELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF CONDENSOR.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION

WITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR TO TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 11 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TERMINAL 2 GROUND AND CAUSES THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN AND THE WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 17 OF THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR TERMINAL 5 GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS.
SERVICE HINTS
C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (COMB. SW) 02GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 17GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 17GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 12 SECONDS INTERMITTELTLY WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT INT POSITION 16GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 18GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION F 5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 23 : CLOSED UNLESS THE FRONT WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C13 F5 J15 28 26 29 J31 J32 SEE PAGE CODE J17 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE W2 27 SEE PAGE

CODE 1A 1C 2C 2F 2J SEE PAGE 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE IM2 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC II 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
121
WIPER AND WASHER

C 13 B LAC K F 5 G R AY J1 5 J1 7 BLU E
A X X 2 11 X X X X X X X X 7 16 8 X 1 4 17 X 2 5 3 A A A
A A
A A A
(HIN T : S E E PA G E 7)
(H INT : SE E PAG E 7)
J3 1
J3 2
W 2
BLAC K
1 X X E E E E X X
(H IN T : SE E PA G E 7)
(H IN T : SE E P A G E 7)
122
POWER OUTLET
15A POWEROUTLET
5 1J
V 2 P4 POWER OUTLET 1 WB 4 1V 3 1V
SERVICE HINTS
P 4 POWER OUTLET 2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 1GROUND : ALWAY CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE P4 29 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

CODE 1J 1V 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF
P4
SEE PAGE 36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH
WB IF
123
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) L 1 12 1G 25A DOOR 10A GAUGE 30A POWER P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 10 IE1 L 2 7 BW 1 POWER RELAY 2 3 5 1 1D LW 5 1G 7 IJ 3 1S 13 1G A , J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B B WB RB L A A J34 L E 1 6 + + DU 13
LW
DD
WB
1 A
3 A
10
B J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B
L 6 6 A WB RG
I14
INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S
E A J34 A , J35 B D B RG 20 IE2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR RG
7 1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
IP1
7 1G
WB
WB
RG
3 1V 1 1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II WB A M 2
P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH
IF
124
P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
DRIVER S DOWN
FRONT PASSENGER S DOWN
REAR LH DOWN
REAR RH DOWN RRU 11 GB 14 RB 12 IE1 8 RB IP1 RRD IE1 IP1
UP
UP
UP
WINDOW LOCK SW
PU 12 GW 5 RL
PD 10 GY
RLU 9 RY
RLD
11
IE1
IE1
IE1
9 IE1
GW
GY
RY
J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A 1
IF2 GY
IF2 RY
GB
RL
UP
10 IP1
GW
RL
GB
RB
4 IO1
5 IO1
6 IO1 L
2 BQ1
3 BQ1
1 BQ1 L
2 BR1
3 BR1
1 BR1 L
GW
GY
GB
RY
P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH
P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH
P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH
RB
RL
DOWN
DOWN
U 2 G
D 3 R
U 2 G
D 3 R
U 2 G
2 M
2 M
2 M
P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH
P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH
P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH
DOWN
UP
UP
UP
D 3
125
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE ! TERMINAL 7 OF INTEGRATION RELAY ! TERMINAL A 3 ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 2 ! TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVERS WINDOW)

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (FRONT LH) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND. FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION

WHEN THE FRONT LH WINDOW CONTROL SW IN THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 13 ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND. BECAUSE THE HOLD CIRCUIT INSIDE THE MASTER SW KEEPS THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE ACTIVATED, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR CONTINUES OPERATING EVEN IF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS RELEASED. WHEN THE DRIVERS WINDOW IS FULLY LOWERED, THE HOLD CIRUCIT TURNS OFF AND THE RELAY ON THE DOWN SIDE TURNS OFF, SO AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.
3. STOPPING OFAUTO DOWN AT DRIVERS WINDOW

WHEN THE MANUAL SW (FRONT LH) IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW ! TO TERMINAL 1, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PULLED CONTINUOUS, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (FRONT RH WINDOW)

WITH THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW (FRONT RH) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW ! TERMINAL 1 ! TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (FRONT RH) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 2 TO TERMINAL 1, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGERS WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGERS WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGERS WINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION

WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL A 13 OF THE RELAY ! TERMINAL A 3 ! TERMINAL 1 OF POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 2 ! TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE ! TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TERMINAL 3 ! TERMINAL 7 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY ! TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS A 6 OR 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.
126
SERVICE HINTS
P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 17GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 16GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) UP 13GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (FRONT LH WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 D10 I14 J4 J15 J34 A A 30 30 28 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J35 J36 P6 P7 P8 P9 B 29 30 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE CODE P10 P11 P12 P13 31 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE 1D 1G 1J 1S 1V 24 24 24 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANLE J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IE1 IE2 IF2 I01 IP1 BQ1 BR1 36 36 38 38 40 40 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO.2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF II 36 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
127
POWER WINDOW
D9 D10 I14 A ORANGE J4 BLACK J15
A A A 1 1 1 X 3 X X X X 6 X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A
A A
X X X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J34
A BLACK
J35
B BLACK
J36
P6
P7
B A A E E E D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P8 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P9 P10 P11 C C B B B B
1 3 4 5
2 X
1 3 4 5
2 X
P12
P13
1 3 4 5
2 X
1 X 5 6 7 X 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
128
MEMO
129
130 SEAT HEATER

4 E 4 IG 2 4 1T WB L II1 I9 L L 2 2 1 6 HI 20A SEATHEATER WB L I7 S11 SEAT HEATER (DRIVER S SEAT) S3 SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER S SEAT) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) WB LY II1 WB E IG 2 4 WB L I8 6 HI 2 1 WB S12 SEAT HEATER (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT) B S4 SEAT HEATER SW (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT)
WB
WB
IG
SERVICE HINTS
S 3, S 4 SEAT HEATER SW 4GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J16 S3 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE S4 S11 29 32 SEE PAGE CODE S12 32 SEE PAGE

CODE IT 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE II1 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO.3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I7 I8 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO 3 WIRE NO.3 CODE I9 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO.3 WIRE
J16
O R AN G E
S 3
BLACK
S 4
BLUE
S 11
S12
BLU E
A A
A A
A A A A A
A A
A A 4 X
2 6 4 X
2 1 6 2 1 2
(H IN T : SE E P AGE 7)
131
POWER SEAT
10A ECUB
15A ECUIG
15A STOP
7 2J WR
8 1D BR
7 1C GW GW B1 2 1S GW 1 4 1R 1 BS2 GW 22 B STOP RDWN 15 B RUP 14 B FDWN 17 B GW S14 A , S15 B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU RCLF 18 B RCLR 19 B FUP 16 B
3 1W
C 10 1V WR BR
4 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
IF1 BR
B WR
3 BS2
ID1 WR
20 B IG
4 BS2
SYSB 9 B
DCTY 8 B RG
BR
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
SLDF 12 B
SLDR 13 B
WR GW GB LR LY LB 4 SLDF FRONT SLIDE SLDR REAR 12 BR 2 BS2 YG
RG
1 FROM INTEGRATION RELAY RG B1 FRONT RCLF RECLINING
5 RCLR
3 RDWN REAR VERTICAL DOWN
2 RUP
9 FDWN
10 FUP
FRONT VERTICAL
DOWN
REAR
UP
RG
1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT)
132
UP
L 8
(DRIVERS SEAT w/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY)
BR 4 B PVCC 3 2 B16 1 1J D A F B RL RL IK2 J28 1 3 B SSRR GR RL GR JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B B16 B16 VW VW VW VW 10A GAUGE A A 3 VW RL J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P 2 B SSRV 1 2 LGB B B GW GW LGB FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 7 4 IK2 10 BS2 21 B GW GW P P1 P POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 VW S14 10 B SSFV 1 LGR A , S15 LGR B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU 3 VW 1 B SSRS 1 LG LG BR BR 11 B SGND BR B16 B16 BR BR BR B16 BR
BR
P28 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)
BR
BR
B16
P27 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)
BR
P26 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)
9 BS2
BR
BR
BR
B16
BR
P29 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)
IH
B16
BR
133
POWER SEAT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1
30A POWER
2 3 1D LW 1 P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)
REAR
IF2 LW LW
4 WB
7 BS2
LW
LG
B16
S14 8 A +B
A , S15
P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)
LW
SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU
RCL 1 A
RCL+ 2 A
RRV 5 A
RRV+ 6 A
FRV 9 A
FRV+ 10 A
SLD 3 A
SLD+ 4 A
L SW1 5 B
FRONT
SW2 6 B
MMRY 7 B
GND 7 A WB WB J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
RG
RB
LR
RL
LY
LB
B16
3 1 P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) 1
4 2 2
1 MMRY SET
P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)
P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)
1 M 2
2 M 1
2 M 1
P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)
2 M 1
E 2 S13 SEAT MEMORY SW
BR
8 BS2
BR A
134
WB BN
WB

SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM ECUB FUSE TO TERMINAL SYSB OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, FROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, AND FROM STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECUIG FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU AND FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE P POSITION SW.
POWER SEAT OPERATION (DRIVERS SEAT)

CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED TO TERMINAL SYSB AND TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU SO THAT SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU IS ALWAYS READY TO OPERATE. WHEN THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE FRONT SLIDE POSITION SIDE, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL SLDF OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTORL ECU ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAD SLIDE CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL SLD OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND, ROTATING THE POWER SEAT MOTOR SO THAT THE SEAT SLIDES FORWARD WHILE THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW IS BEING PRESSED. TO SLIDE THE DRIVERS SEAT TO THE REAR, PUSHING THE POWER SEAT CONTROL SW TO THE REAR SIDE POSITION SIDE, INPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SLDR OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE ECU TO THE MOTOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL SLD OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL SLD+ OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU, FLOWING THE REVERSE TO FRONT SLIDE OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, SO THAT THE DRIVERS SEAT MOVES TO THE REAR. THE MOVEMENT TO OTHER POSITIONS OCCURS SIMILARLY, SO ONLY THE FLOW OF CURRENT TO EACH MOTOR IS SHOWN:
FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL UP OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL FRV+ ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL FRV OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.
FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL DOWN OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL FRV ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL FRV+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.
REAR VERTICAL CONTROL UP OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RRV+ ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL RRV OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.
REAR VERTICAL CONTROL DOWN OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RRV ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL RRV+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.
RECLINING CONTROL OF FRONT OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RCL+ ! TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 1 ! TERMINAL RCL OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND.
RECLINING CONTROL OF REAR OPERATION

TERMINAL +B OF THE SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU ! TERMINAL RCL ! TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVERS SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) ! TERMINAL 2 ! TERMINAL RCL+ OF THE ECU ! TERMINAL GND ! GROUND. THE NUMBER OF TURNS OF EACH MOTOR (AMOUNT OF MOVEMENT OF EACH PART OF THE SEAT) IS DETECTED BY THE POSITION SENSORS AND INPUT TO THE ECU, MAKING IT POSSIBLE TO PERFORM MEMORY AND RETURN FUNCTIONS FOR THE SEAT POSITION USING THE SEAT MEMORY SWITCH.
135
POWER SEAT
SERVICE HINTS
P I P POSITION SW (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW) 27 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION S14 A, S15 B SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU B 22GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON A 8GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 21GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION A 4GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION A 3GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION A 10GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERAITON A 9GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION A 6GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION A 5GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION A 2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION A 1GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION B 11GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY B 9GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 7GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY PI5 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVERS SEAT) 112 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT RECLINING OPERATION 512 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR RECLINING OPERATION 812 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT SLIDE OPERATION 412 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR SLIDE OPERATION 1012: CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL UP OPERATION 912 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT FRONT VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION 212 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL UP OPERATION 312 : CLOSED WITH DRIVERS SEAT AT REAR VERTICAL DOWN OPERATION SI0 STOP LIGHT SW 21 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 J3 J5 J25 J28 A J29 B J30 J37 SEE PAGE 30 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 CODE P1 P14 P15 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21 SEE PAGE 27 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 CODE P26 P27 P28 P29 S10 S13 S14 A S15 B SEE PAGE 32 32 32 32 29 32 32 32

CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R 1S 1V 1W 2J SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE ID1 IF1 IF2 IK2 BS2 SEE PAGE 36 36 38 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVERS SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IH BN SEE PAGE 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
136

: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B1 40
D9
SEE PAGE

J3
CODE
SEE PAGE 42
J5 GRAY
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS SEAT NO. 1 WIRE

J25
B16
B B B B
A A C C C A X X
X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B J30 J37
B B B B
A A A A
A A
D D X X
X X F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P 1 GRAY
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P14 GRAY P15 BLACK P17 P18
1 2 3 4 X 7 2
1 2 3 4 5 X X 8 9 10 X 12 1 2 1 2
P19
P20
P21
P26
P27
P28 BLUE
1 2
1 2
1 2
P29
S10 BLUE
S13 BLACK
S14 A
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 9 10
S15 B
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
137
138
11 2 1 LW I2 LW LW LW 3 1D B 8 IF2 2 BS1 FUP UP 30A POWER 10 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 2 P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) SLDF L 8 FRONT 2 P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) RCLF RG 1 FRONT 1 P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) RUP LY 2 UP 2 M RWDN 3 R DOWN 1 M RCLR 5 RB REAR 2 M SLDR 4 LB REAR P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT) 1 M LW FDWN 9 DOWN LR P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) RL 1 E 7
J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 BS1 WB
POWER SEAT (DRIVERS SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY), (FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT)
WB
BN
LW
LW
11 LW IP1 LW
2 BT1
FUP UP
2 M FDWN 10 DOWN SLDF FRONT 8 SLDR 4 REAR RCLF FRONT 1 P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT) RCLR 5 REAR RUP UP 3 LR 2 M LB 1 M RB 2 1 P24 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL) RG 2 P25 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL) L 1
P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) RL 1
WB M
P23 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) LY
IM RDWN 2 R E 7 1 BT1 WB WB
DOWN
WB
BO
B6
139
POWER SEAT (DRIVERS SEAT w/o DRIVING POSITION MEMORY), (FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT)
SERVICE HINTS
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVERS SEAT) 11GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS 7GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT) 11GROUND : ALWAYS APPOX 12 VOLTS 7GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUTIY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J37 P15 P16 P17 30 32 32 32 SEE PAGE CODE P19 P20 P21 P22 32 32 32 32 SEE PAGE CODE P23 P24 P25 32 32 32 SEE PAGE

CODE 1D 24 SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)

CODE IF2 IP1 BS1 BT1 36 38 42 42 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO.1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVERS SEAT) FLOOR NO.2 WIRE AND SEAT NO.2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IN BN BO 36 40 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I2 38 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE B6 40 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO.2 WIRE
J37
P 15
G R AY
P16
B LAC K
P17
P1 9
1 A A A A A A X
2 7
3 8
1 X
2 7
3 8
5 1 2 1 2
9 10 11 X
9 10 1 1 X
(H IN T : SEE PA G E 7)
P2 0
P 21
P22
P23
P 24
P2 5
140
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
B4
C7
A BLUE
C10 D BROWN
D9
2 X X X 8 X X 3
J4
BLACK
J15
J37
U1
A A A A
A A
A A A A
A A 1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
139
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) * 1 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY * 2 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY
7. 5A DOME
10A GAUGE
12 2J
J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RL
RL
2 1D
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]
3 D
A , C10
8 A RW 3 1T 9
1 1W
C7
INTEGRATION RELAY
10
7 1J
3 1M WB
5 1M LB
7 1S
4 1S
RY WB
(* 1) RY WB WB
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)
1 RY RB (* 1)
1 B4 BUCKLE SW
WB
WB
(* 2)
1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
8 BS2 (* 1)
WB
A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II
140
(* 1)
(*2)
5 BS2
SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE. 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 48 SECONDS, CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 48 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEM

WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINAL 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND THE KEY REMINDER BUZZER SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
B 4 BUCKLE SW 12 : CLOSED WITH THE DRIVERS SEAT BELT USE D 9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
INTEGRATION RELAY
10GROUND 6GROUND 5GROUND 8GROUND 9GROUND 1GROUND 7GROUND : : : : : : : ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPEN CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVERS SEAT BELT IN USE 0 VOLTS FOR 48 SECONDS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 48 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) 12 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B4 C7 C10 A D SEE PAGE 32 28 28 CODE D9 J4 J15 SEE PAGE 30 29 29 CODE J37 U1 SEE PAGE 30 29
,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,,

CODE 1D 1J 1N 1S 1T 1W 2J SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE BS2 42 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVERS SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE II BN 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
141
DOOR LOCK CONTROL

15A ECUIG
30A POWER
25A DOOR
2 8 1D POWER RELAY BR 1 5 B 1 1D LW C B J34 2 3 12 1G 5 1G A A A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR LW RB
C A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J5
A ,J6
B B
7 1J
I14 3 A 1 A
INTEGRATION RELAY
WB
BR
16 A LG
17 A G
19 A RG
18 A LW
20 A L A A L 3 IO2 L 3 UNLOCK WB 1 IF D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH WB WB J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B B
B D LG E G BR D LG E G B LW RG LW 4 IO2 D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH 7 1G LW 2 LOCK 3 WB 1V LOCK B WB B WB B 20 WB IE2 WB 1
10 IE1 L
13 IE2 LG
12
IE2 P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] G
1 IO1 BR
13 IO2 LG
12 IO2 G
IE2 RG
4 IE2 LW 2
4 LOCK
3 UNLOCK
3 LOCK
1 UNLOCK
D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH
3 UNLOCK
WB
WB
WB
B B WB J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B WB B WB
J36 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
20 IO2 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II WB IL
142
10A GAUGE
I14
A 7
INTEGRATION RELAY
11 A
5 A LR
12 A
25 A LR C A C A C A
9 A LY B B B B
LR J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F 7 IF3
LR LR
LR LR
F 6 IF3 LY
LB LB
LR
LR
LR
LB
B A B A J12 A , J13
C B C B B
LB LB
LR
LR
LR
LB
LB
D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH
LY
LY
C B M M
WB
A A A A A , J11 B
LY
3 IE1
8 IE1
11 IE2
5 BQ1
10 BQ1
4 BQ1
IF3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
LY
J10 WB 1 D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH 4 WB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
9 BQ1 WB
WB
WB
143
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
I14
INTEGRATION RELAY
7 A Y
10
LR LR C
2 IP1 J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
5 1M
3 1M
7 1J
LB LB
LR
1 LB LY
D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH
D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH
7 IO1 LR
3 IO1 LB
11 IO2 Y
5 BR1 LR
10 BR1 LB
4 BR1 LY
3 IP1 2
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)
1 IP1
LB
WB
LY
4 WB
LY
LY
9 BR1 WB
WB WB
LY
B6 WB
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II
BO
IM
144
WB A
I14
INTEGRATION RELAY
6 A
7 1S
4 1G
12 1S
RG
RW
D6 DIODE (COURTESY) RG 2 1 RW
RB
RW
E A
E A
D A
D A
D A
D B
J34
A , J35
B RW RB 9 IP1 1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR RG RG 7 IP1
1 D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH
RW 1 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH
RG
145
DOOR LOCK CONTROL

SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL A 3 THE POWER RELAY (COIL SIDE) GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE PWR FUSE FLOWS TO THE POWER RELAY (POINT SIDE) TERMINAL 7 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH TERMINAL 1 GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A 16 OR A 18 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL A12 TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL A 25 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A 17 OR A 19 OR A20 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. A 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL A25 TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION

WHEN THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVERS DOOR IS MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL A 19 OF THE RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SW TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A25 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE DOORS.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION

*OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS) WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF A25 RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL A12 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * OPERATING THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED BY THE FUNCTION OF SW A (REAR LH, CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL A (FRONT LH) OR A (FRONT RH) OR 5 7 9 RH) OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY A TERMINAL A 25 TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 12 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * IN CASE OF KEYLESS LOCK WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE A6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. BY DOOR AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 4 OR 6 OR A 25 THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TERMINAL A OF THE RELAY 12 TERMINAL 10 GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
146
SERVICE HINTS I14 A INTEGRATION RELAY

10GROUND : 6GROUND : A 1GROUND : A25GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH DRIVERS DOOR OPEN ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVERS DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVERS DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) * UNLOCKING THE DRIVERS, PASSENGERS DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY A12GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION * DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
* LOCKING THE DRIVERS, PASSENGERS DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY

A16GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED A 6GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGERS DOOR OPEN A 5GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVERS DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
7GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT PASSENGERS DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 17GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED A 20GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH PASSENGERS DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY A 7GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 19GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY A 18GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVERS, PASSENGERS DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY A A 9GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGERS DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 4GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR PASSENGERS DOOR OPEN D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH 21 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 31 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH 21 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 31 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY D16, D17, D18,D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 14 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) 12 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
147
DOOR LOCK CONTROL

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 J10 J11 J12 J13 I14 J5 J6 J7 A B A B SEE PAGE CODE D18 D19 A A B 30 30 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 P9 U1 See Page Code J15 J33 A B 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 31 29 See Page

Code 1D 1G 1J 1H 1S 1V See Page 24 24 24 24
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IE1 IE2 IF3 IO1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1 36 36 38 38 40 40 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
Code See Page 36 36 36 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR
IF II IL IN BN BO
: SPLICE POINTS
Code See Page 40
BLAC K D 9
Wire Harness with Splice Points FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

D1 0 D11
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
B6
D 6
D 12
D1 3
D14
2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 2 3
148
D15
D16 BLACK
D17 BLACK
D18 BLACK
D19 BLACK
1 2 3 4 X
1 2
1 2
3 4
I14 A ORANGE
J 5 A GRAY
J 6 B GRAY
X 3 X 5 6
7 X 9 X 11 C C C B B B
12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J7
J10 A
J11 B
J12 A GRAY
B B B B D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A
X X
X X
C C B B B C C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J13 B GRAY J15 J33
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK
A A B B B C C C A A
A A
A A B C C A A B B B B C C
A A D D D E E E
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J35 B BLACK J36
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 J38
C C D D D
B B B B B
A A A A
A A
B B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) P9 U1 4 1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 X 3 7 X
149
150
1 F 4 1B 1 A 100A ALT BR BR I1 BG FL MAIN 3. 0W 2 F BR TAILLIGHT RELAY 3 5 F6 F J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 C C 6 1C GR GR 7 1D 5 1M LB 10 IG1 B A B A 7 A B A GR GR TAIL FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK A , F11 2 1 U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) WB LB 1 J10 A J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P N 15 B
BATTERY
7 1J
3 1M
WB
THEFT DETERRENT
D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 6 E A 2 B E B RG RG 11 B B 5 BW BW DSWD
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH T3 D A A ,T4 RW
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH B D A E B 3 B RW CTY 9 A SRLY WB RW 1 IG2
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH D A J34 RW 5 B DSWL RY J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35
II JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A LB KSW J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 1J IK2 J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW A , J11 B BW J8 A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B 10 IK2 GR B A THEFT DETERRENT ECU 2 1 11 2J 9 2K WB 3 5 2 6 IF2 ST RELAY 2 D6 DIODE (COURTESY) 1 2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 B 2 A L IF1 TO E A RG B E A 1 B DSWP RG RY L 4 A WB L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR E 1 M 2 L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW 2 1 R LY 4 5 14 B TSW BL LL
5A STARTER
7 1S
1 1G
RG
INTEGRATION RELAY
12 1S
4 1G
RB
GR
9 IP1
RW
7 IP1
RG
40A MAIN
RG
D B
WB
IG
F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW
WB
T3
J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 4 F F 16 B 11 IE2 LR 7 3 J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RB RB E E 4 8 2K A ,T4 IJ1 LSWD LR
20 IE2 B 3 B B RB D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH RG UNLOCK 7 B HEAD RELAY 3 RG UL3 RG IE2 1
WB
D16 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH WB LR
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
3 1V
WB B B 6 B 4 IE2 2 LW L2 J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D B F A RB RB 8 A HEAD A , J11 B LW LW
WB LOCK B D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH LW LOCK J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 IO2 2 LW 1 T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN 5 UL2 1 2 3 2F 3 A 4 IM1 WL WL IJ1 WL W SH A A 3 8 B 3 IO2 L L L UNLOCK C C A A 10A HORN 10 2K 17 B 6 A 11 IO2 11 IG1 HORN LSWP 4 1 2 1 Y GB Y GB GB 3 5 2 1 18 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 BQ1 LSWR LY IF3 C B LY LY LY HORN RELAY J10 25A DOOR J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B C B LW 1 1 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B A , J11 1 1D LW +B2 A A 3 LY B 4 BR1 LY IP1 LY 15A CIG 1 A A 1 13 B 1 1T 4 B 3 IM1 DSWH B IJ1 B B PL ACC PL J5 4 5 10 B RY IJ1 RY IND 15A ECGIG A ,J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 12 B B B BR IG B J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR SECU GND 8 1D C A BR 2 2 12 2J 11 B C A C A A B A A 9 B 8 1G 1 1W GW GW R +B1 LUG R R IF2 J34 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7. 5A DOME
7 1G
WB
IF
20 IO2
WB
WB
WB
IL
D17 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH WB Y
9 BQ1
WB
WB
BN
9 BR1
WB
WB
D18 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH WB
B6
BO
WB
IM
D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH
WB
EC
E5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
14
WB
II
WB
A14 THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] GW
BP
L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW
151
THEFT DETERRENT
SERVICE HINTS D13, D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH
31 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 21 : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D16, D17, D18, D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
14 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
E 5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

12 : CLOSED WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN
U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)

12 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
L 5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW

12 : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY
L 7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW

2GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
T3
,T4
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
A 9GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND THE IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION B 12GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION B 15GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER B 17GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION B 11GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 7GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH TO UNLOCK POSITION B 16GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION B 1GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT RH DOOR OPENED B 2GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE FRONT LH DOOR OPENED B 6GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION A 4GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY B 8GROUND ; CONTINUITY WITH THE DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH TO UNLOCK POSITION A 1GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 9GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY B 3GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPEN B 4GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE ENGINE HOOD OPEN B 5GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN B 13GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION B 18GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D16 D17 D18 D19 E5 F6 A 28 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 26 26 J8 J9 J10 J11 J15 J16 J19 J26 J5 J6 J7 A B A B SEE PAGE CODE F11 F13 J2 A B F 26 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 T3 T4 U1 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 L1 L5 L7 P1 T1 A B SEE PAGE CODE J33 A B 29 29 29 30 30 30 29 30 30 27 27 29 29 29 SEE PAGE
152

CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1B 1C 1D 1G 1J 1H 1S 1T 1V 1W 2F 2J 2K
CODE

SEE PAGE 36 36
IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IG2 IJ1 IK2 IH1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36 38 38 38 38 38 40 40
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWLWIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 36 36 40 40 40
EC IF IG II IL IM IN BN BO
GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34
A14
E2

D 6 BLACK D9
CODE
SEE PAGE 40
D10 D11
B6
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE

D12
1 5 14 X X
D13
D14
D16 BLACK
D17 BLACK
D18 BLACK
1 1 2 3 1 2 3
153
THEFT DETERRENT
D19 BLACK
E5
BLACK
F6
F11
F13
1 1 4 1 2 1 2 X 4 5 X
J2
BLACK
J5
A GRAY
J6
B GRAY
J7
A A A C C C A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B
A A A A A
B B B B F F F F
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J8 A GRAY J9 B GRAY
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J10 A J11 B J15
A A A B B X X B B B C C C E E F F X X D D E E C C A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J26 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J33
A A A
A A B E E E B
A A A A A A A A
B B
A A B
C C
A A B B B B C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J34 A BLACK J35 B BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J36
J37
B B B C C D D D E E E C C D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J38 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) L1 L5 L7 BLACK B B B B
A A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
P1
GRAY
B B B B B 1 2
1 2 1 2
X 5 6
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
T1
BLACK
T3
A ORANGE
T4
ORANGE
U1
1 4
2 X 6 7
3 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 X 1 2
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 X X X X X X
154
MEMO
155
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 5 1 GR LW R 25A DOOR 7. 5A DOME RW
TAILLIGHT RELAY 3 2
4 1B
6 1C GR
1 1D LW
12 2J R
C GR
10 IG1 LW LW GR GR BR
RW
B A
B A
C B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C B
A A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
E B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
E B
RW
A , J35
A , J35
A , J35
J34
J34
B B
A A
A B
A B
D A RW
D A RW
D A RW
GR
LW
J34
J5
E2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR R GR LW RW RB RG RG
BR
1 F 100A ALT
2 F F6 A , F11 F
BR
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 2 1 RW
1 A
RG
BG
D6 DIODE (COURTESY) RG
E A FL MAIN 3. 0W D B RW RG
E A
A , J35
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J34
A , J6
9 BATTERY
IP1 RW
IP1 RG
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH
156
RG
RB

1 1W 8 1G 1
RW
GR LW R RW
GR LW R RW
14
3 YB
W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
2 G
10 LR
RW
GR
2 W7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER VOLUME SW 2 IJ1 LB
RG
RW
3 W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER 2 1 BUZZER LR A , J11 9 IM3 RG B LG
B B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J10
8 IJ1
LG
13 IM3
LG
B A LB
B A LB L LB LB WB WB RG RG J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
12 A
19 A 7 1D
I14
INTEGRATION RELAY R 1 A GR 4 1G 12 1S LW RW RG RG RB 7 1S 1 1G 4 6 16 A LG 17 A G 25 A LB 11 A U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) WB LB 1 2 3 1M 13 IE2 P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] LG LOCK RB 12 IE2 G 13 IO2 D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH LG LOCK 12 IO2 G 7 1J WB A II 5 1M
J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D D E D LG LG G
RW
E G 1 UNLOCK 2 WB
RG
3 UNLOCK
WB
RG
157
LR
GR
LW
RG
158
RW LB LB B 3 WB B 3 RG B B IE2 D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH RG UNLOCK 1 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B WB B B B 15 4 IO2 2 LW LW 20 IE2 3 1V 7 1G WB WB 2 4 IE2 LW LW RG B WB WB LOCK RG 7 D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH LW LOCK 1 RG J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B B
WB
WB
RG
RG
WB
IF 20 IO2 WB WB A 3 3 IO2 L A L B WB WB UNLOCK L LW D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH 11 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F F LR F LR 4 1 WB LR IE2 L LW J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU 11 8 3 2 3 L LR IE1 M IE1 LB LR LR D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 4 1 11 IO2 WB Y Y J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C LR LR 3 2 C A B B 3 IO1 7 IO2 LB LR M LR C A Y B B LB C A J12 Y LR LR LB LB RG LW A , J13 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R LR RW
WB
IL
GR
LB
RG
RG
LW
GR LW R RW
GR LW R RW GW W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU LY BR 13 BR WB
5 GW
1 WB
A , J35
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A , J11
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A B
A A 2 IF3 LY 7 IF3 LR 3 IP1 LY 2 IP1 LR 5 BR1 LR 2 M 3 LB 10 BR1 1 IP1 WB LB LB B6 LB Y LR RG LW LB
J34
C A GW
C A GW
J10
C B LY
C B 4 BQ1 LY LY D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH 5 BQ1 LR D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH 4 BR1 LY
LY
LY
LR LB LB
IF2 C B GW
4 WB
3 LB
4 WB
C B J12 A , J13 B
2 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW 1 WB B A LB B A LB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
9 BQ1 WB
10 BQ1
9 BR1 WB
Y LR RG LW LB L LB RG RG WB WB WB A
LB
IF3
LR
LY
LR
LR
L LB RG RG
BP
BN
BO
IM
159

GR LW R RW GW LY BR 8 1D 1 1T HORN RELAY HEAD RELAY 1 5 4 1 15A ECUIG 15A CIG 10A HORN 40A MAIN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1
WB
BR
PL
2 3 2F W T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN 10 2K
3 8 2K
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A ,J6
1 WL
A 4 IM1 WL GB
C A
GB
BR
GW
RW
LW
GR
BR
LY
J5
B B
B B
PL
IJ1 WL
11 IG1 GB
RB E E 7 RB RB IJ1 J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
18 B LSWR
9 B LUG
3 B CTY
11 B +B1
1 A +B2
7 A TAIL T3 A ,T4
12 B IG B
13 B ACC
3 A SH
6 A HORN
THEFT DETERRENT ECU E 4 A LSWP 17 B LSWD 16 B UL3 7 B L2 6 B UL2 8 B KSW 15 B DSWD 2 B DSWP 1 B TO 2 A HEAD 8 A
WB
WB
LW
RG
RG
RG
RB
LR
LB
A A A WB
A , J11
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
IF1 A , J11 J10
E A
L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR L
J10
F A
Y LR RG LW
L LB RG RG
160
WB
IG
E B
D B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR CONTROL (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOWPOWER ELECTRICAL WAVE EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER.
1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION

WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE LOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE. AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW, AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU TO SWITCH THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE.
2. WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN NORMAL OPERATION

WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF), WHEN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) IS PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE TRANSMITTER, CAUSING IT TO OPERATE. AS A RESULT, A SIGNAL FROM THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCK SW IS SENT TO THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU, CAUSING THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR TO OPERATE.
3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION

PUSHING THE UNLOCK BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) ONCE, DRIVERS DOOR IS UNLOCKED. FURTHERMORE, PUSHING THE BUTTON AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS, THE OTHER DOORS ARE UNLOCKED.
4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION

WITH THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, AFTER PUSHING THE BUTTON (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30 SECONDS, ALL THE DOORS WILL BE AUTOMATICALLY RELOCKED.
5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION

IF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK AND WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN. IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUTS A SIGNAL TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK AND WIRELESS LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN.
6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION

IF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, 2 SECONDS LATER, THE DOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT THREE TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOT CHANGED AS A RESULT, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.
7. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK FUNCTION

IF ALL DOORS INDICATE THEY ARE LOCKED AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH ONCE. IF ANY DOOR INDICATES IT IS OPEN AFTER THE LOCK COMMAND, TAILLIGHTS AND PARKING LIGHTS WILL FLASH TWICE.
SERVICE HINTS D 9, D10, D11, D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE DOOR OPEN
U 1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY)

21 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER
W 8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL ECU

8GROUND 1GROUND 14GROUND 10GROUND : : : : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS ALWAYS CONTINUITY CONTINUITY WITH EACH OF THE DOOR OPEN CONTINUITY WITH THE IGNITION KEY IN THE CYLINDER
161

: PARTS LOCATION
CODE D6 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 F6 A F11 F SEE PAGE 28 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 26 26 CODE I14 A J2 J5 A J6 B J7 J10 A J11 B J12 A J13 B J15 J16 J19 J33 J34 A SEE PAGE 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 CODE J35 B J36 J37 J38 L5 L7 P9 T1 T3 A T4 B U1 W6 W7 W8 SEE PAGE 29 30 30 30 30 30 31 27 29 29 29 27 29 29
,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,, SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) CODE
1B 1C
1D
24 24 24 24 24 24 20 20
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1G 1J 1N 1S 1T 1V 1W 2F 2J 2K CODE IE1 IE2 IF1 IF2 IF3 IG1 IJ1 IM1 IN1 IO1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1

SEE PAGE 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 40 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IF IG II IL IM BN BO BP SEE PAGE 36 36 36 36 40 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E2 SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE B6 SEE PAGE 40 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
162
D6
BLACK
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
1 1 2 3 1 2 3
D15
D16 BLACK
D17 BLACK
D18 BLACK
D19 BLACK
1 2 3
F6
F11
I14
A ORANGE
J2
BLACK
1 1 2 1 X X 19 X X 11
A A A C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
12 X X X 16 17
X X X X 25
J5
GRAY
J6
GRAY
J7
J10
A A A A A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B
B B B B A A B B X X E E F F
D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J11 B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J12 A GRAY J13 B GRAY J15
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A X X B B C C D D E E B B B C C C B B B C C C A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16 ORANGE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J19 BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J33 J34 A BLACK
A A A
A A
A A B
C C A A B B C C D D D E E E
A A A A A A A A E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A B B B B C C
163
J35
BLACK
J36
J37
J38
L5
B A A B B C C D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B B B B
A A A A
A A
B B B B B
1 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
L7
BLACK
P9
T1
BLACK
T3
ORANGE
1 X 3 X 1
4 1 2 1 4 2 X 6 7 8 3
T4
ORANGE
U1
W 6 BLACK
W7
2 3
7 8 9
11 X
2 X 2 3 X
12 13
15 16 17 18 X X X X X X
W8
1 2 3 8 X
4 10 11 X 13
5 X 7 14 15
164
MEMO
165
FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER

25A DOOR
1 1D LW LW C B C B J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A
LW
3 BF
BL 5
LL 4
LF 2
L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW R
6 WB
LW LY
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
1 A +B2
14 B TSW
F18 FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB IG
A ,T4
TO 2 A L
T3
2 L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR
IF1
1 M
166
WB BP
RW 1 M 2
RW IF1
SERVICE HINTS F13 FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW 32 : CLOSED WITH FUEL LID OPENER SW ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE F13 F18 J16 28 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J34 J35 L1 A B 29 29 29 T3 T4 SEE PAGE CODE L7 A B 30 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE 1D SEE PAGE 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG BP 36 40 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL BACK PANEL CENTER
F13
F18
GRAY
J16
ORANGE
J34
BLACK
J35
BLACK
A A A X 2 3 4 5 X 1 2
A A A A C C
A A A A A A A A
L1
L7
BLACK
T3
ORANGE
T4
ORANGE
1 1 2 1
2 X 14 X X X X X X X
167
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR

15A CIG
1 1T
PL A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A PL
4 B
R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW OPERATION SW E 8 WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB IG SELECT SW
MLH 9 BRW 10 BRR
MRH
MLV 3 BRY 2 LGB
MRV
M+ 7
J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C C LGR BRR LGR BRY LGB
16
IE2
14
IE2
15 IE2
16 IO2
14 IO2
15 IO2
BRW
BRR
LGR
R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH
R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH
168
LGR
BRY
LGB
LGR
RIGHT/ DOWN
DOWN
RIGHT
LEFT/ UP
LEFT
UP
SERVICE HINTS R 4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 4GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 78 : CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION 47 ; CONTINUITY WITH THE OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION : PARTS LOCATION
CODE J4 J7 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J16 R4 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE R16 R17 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE 1T SEE PAGE 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IE2 IO2 36 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG
J4
SEE PAGE 36
BLACK
GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL

J7 J16 ORANGE R4 BLACK
C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A A
A A A
A A X 2 3 4 7 8 9 10
A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R16
R17
3 2 1 X
3 2 1 X
169
CRUISE CONTROL
RL 10A GAUGE F B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 1D 1 1J RL 2 IK2 RL RL A RL A A RL D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D 3 RL IJ1 C J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C VW 10 C VW BR 9 IK2 BR A A BR 3 D C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU PI LGR TC 5 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B LGR B D O B 5 IG2 7 IL1 L 2 IL1 LGR O P O 11 IK3 LGR 11 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TC E1 3 BR B BR B A , J9 B 6 IK3 A BR A A BR ED J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10 D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 A/D 4 TC E1 3 BR IG+ 1 C A VW D 10 2 P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A RL J28 A , J29 B
C7 3 D
A ,C9
C , C10
COMBINATION METER
12 SPEEDOMETER CRUISE SPD
4 A
13 D
9 C
4 D
4 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D D O
BR
V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)
3 SI
SE
RL
170
BR
IJ
E7
A , E10
15A ECUIG
10A ECUB
15A STOP
S2 17 D
IDLO 11 A
OD1 7 A
9 1J
7 2J WR
7 1C
LB
3 1W BR W 10 1V WR A YB LR B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B 13 IDL 14 OD 9 B BATT C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU STP GND MO 15 WR 1 MC 7 BR L 8 RG GB RB
7 IK2
CMS
11
10
CCS
ECT
LB 6
LB
16
GW
WB
WL
5 CMS CRUISE
4 CCS B A ,J9
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A B
RY A C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
3 S10 STOP LIGHT SW 1 2 3
C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
RES/ACCEL
A A
A A WB
A A
WB
SET/ COAST
J8
GW
8 1J WB
5 1R
CANCEL 7 1J EP 3 WB GW WB 4 1R
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II
GW
RY
W 2 1
171
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECUB FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. D 3 OF THE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL COMBINATION METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECUIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECUIG FUSE TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TERMINAL 16 GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. D 3 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL INDICATOR LIGHT TERMINAL A 4 TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TERMINAL 16 GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. 1. SET OPERATION WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH). A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED. 2. SET SPEED CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 12 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEEDOMETER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 7 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE ECU TERMINAL 2 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 15 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. 3. COAST CONTROL DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 4. ACCEL CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 5. RESUME CONTROL UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION. 6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT D POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW EXCEPT D POSITION). SIGNAL IS NOT INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU PULL THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE ECU PUSHING THE MAIN SWITCH (MAIN SW OFF). SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE ECU
172
SYSTEM OUTLINE 7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON. WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE OPEN DIRECTION. THE MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED, THE CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURN OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE CANCEL STATE IS CLEARED AS THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN. OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING THE MOTOR AND/OR THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH. OPEN CIRCUIT IN THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH. MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE CRUISE CONTROL SW. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS ON AGAIN.) WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH) WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
D) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
OPEN THE CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. 8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION IN OVERDRIVE, IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4
KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED. AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APROX, 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM THE ACTUATORS POTENTIOMETER THAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, THE OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 2 SECONDS. DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE. UPON RECEIVING THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CHANGES THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL. TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), THE LOCKUP RELEASE OF THE TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS ON IS FORBIDDEN.
SERVICE HINTS C 3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

34 : APPROX. 38
C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

53 : CONTINUITY WITH THE MAIN SW ON 43 : APPROX. 418 WITH THE CANCEL SW ON APPROX. 68 WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ON APPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON
C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU

9GROUND 1GROUND 12GROUND 10GROUND : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS 4 PLUSES WITH 1 ROTATION OF THE ROTOR SHAFT APPROX. 418 WITH THE CANCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 198 WITH THE SET/COAST SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW APPROX. 68 WITH THE RES/ACCEL SW ON IN THE CONTROL SW ALWAYS CONTINUITY
16GROUND :
173
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C3 C7 C9 C10 C12 C14 D1 D3 E7 A A C D 26 28 28 28 28 28 26 28 28 J8 J9 J15 J17 SEE PAGE CODE E10 J1 J2 J3 J4 A B D 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 J28 J29 J30 P1 S10 V2 SEE PAGE CODE J24 J25 J27 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 SEE PAGE

CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R 1V 1W 2J 20 24 SEE PAGE 24 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IG2 IJ1 IK2 IK3 IL1 36 38 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE ED II IJ 34 36 36
C3 B K LAC
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
C7 A B E LU C 9 C G AY R
1 2 3 4
4 XX
XX
9 10
C D BR W 10 O N
C BLAC 12 K
C 14
3 4
13 345
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213141516
D1 B K LAC
D3 D R G A AK RY
E7 A
X X X 3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 10 X X X X X 4 3 X X X 11
7 X X
X 11 X X X
174
E10 D
J1
GRAY
J2
BLACK
J3
B B B B B B B
A A A A A
B B B B
17 X X X X X X X
X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J4
BLACK
J8
GRAY
J9
B GRAY
J15
D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B
A A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J17 BLUE J24 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J25 J27
C C C C
A A
A A
A A A A A A A
A A A X X
X X
A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B J30
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
P1
GRAY
A A A A A X D D X X X X F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 2 10
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) V2 BLACK
1 3
2 4
175
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION

5A IGN
15A EFI
15A STOP
7 1W BR
7 1C
7 2K 1 5
I5 2 EFI RELAY S10 STOP LIGHT SW
3 4 1R GW 1
5 2C
4 2F
2 2J BY
8 2J 5 1R GW
B A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A , J29
A J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A GW BY
B B J28
GB
E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR 1 2
T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
WB
WB
BR
BY
E7 23 A +B 14 A BATT 24 A STP
A ,E8
B , E9
C , E10
D 1 C VC 7 C VTA1 20 C THW 22 C E2 NC2+ 9 C V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION) G R NC2 4 C G 2 1
ODLO
SLN
OD1
S2
S1
SL
SLN+ 3 D
11 A
7 A
17 D
11 D
27 D
2 C
LR
YB
LB
LB
A J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
LB
7 IK2
A WL BY PL V
13 IDL
14 OD
6 ECT
A LB
C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
6 S2 B
3 S1 W
2 SL Y
4 SLN L
1 SLN+ R
WB
WB
E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID EC
176
BR
AND A/T INDICATOR

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) RL
10A GAUGE
1 1J RL
2 1D
RL
RL
D A J28 A , J29 B
J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F B
LW RL
C A RB A B J28 2 IK2 LW RB Y VW D RL J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C A , J29 C A B
RB
RB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR VW 3 IJ1 VW RL 3 D 5 B GO C 7 IL1 L 2 IL1 P C C GO GO 2 O2 O/D MAIN SW 4 BR J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O/D OFF 4 D P 13 D L 3 SI 2 SE
1 A L
10 A 2
15 A R
12 A SPD
C , E10
A A A RL RL C8 B , C9 C , C10 D 10 C COMBINATION METER J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B ,E9
OD2 6 A GO
16 B BR
28 D BR
34 D BR
33 D BR
11
IJ1 GO
A A
V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER) IG+
BR
SPEEDOMETER 9 C
E7
A ,E8
EO3
EO1
EO2
E1
WB
A BR BR BR BR RL
BR EE
ED
IJ
177

RL RL P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
2 C
LL 4 Y
2L 3 LW
DL 10 BR
NL 9 R
RL 8 RB
PL 7 GW 4 IK2 GW B B 15 12 B P GW GW IJ1 J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
IK2 J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y
IK2
IK2
IL1
3 IK3
LW
E E
D D D
LW
LW
RB
RB
RB
RB
LW
BR
5 1V
16
IJ1 Y
13
IJ1 LW
14
IJ1 BR R
10 1H RB 14 B C , C10 R B ,C9 D
9 B
10 B
2 C
1 C
15 B
C8
COMBINATION METER
WB
A WB WB A A
178
WB
IG
RB
BR
AND A/T INDICATOR

SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING THE MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCKUP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCKUP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION

DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL NC2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR THE 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TERMINAL 6 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOID NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR THE 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCKUP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCKUP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCKUP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCKUP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT

IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCKUP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCKUP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT OVERDRIVE ON

WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. OVERDRIVE OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS ON), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
179

E7
A,
SERVICE HINTS E 8 B ,E 9 C ,E10
S1, S2E1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS WITH THE SOLENOID ON 01.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF LE1 : 7.514.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 2E1 : 7.514.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION RE1 : 7.514.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION STPE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED THWE2 : 0.21.0 VOLTS WITH THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60SC (140SF) 120SC (248SF) VTA1E2 : 0.30.8 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.24.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED VCE2 : 4.55.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OD1E1 : 4.55.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 0D2E1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF 03.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON +BE1 : 9.014.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
0 2 O/D MAIN SW
24 : CLOSED WITH THE O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH THE O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C8 B C9 C C10 D C14 E3 E4 E7 A E8 B E9 C SEE PAGE 28 28 28 28 26 26 28 28 28 CODE E10 D J4 J7 J16 J17 J24 J25 J26 J27 SEE PAGE 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 CODE J28 A J29 B J30 O2 P1 S10 T2 V2 V3 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 27 27
,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,, SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) CODE
1C 1D 1H 1J 1R 1V 1W 2C 2F 2J 2K CODE IJ1 IK2 IK3 IL1 24 24 24
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
20 20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

SEE PAGE 38 38 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC ED EE IG IJ SEE PAGE 34 34 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE I5 SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
180
AND A/T INDICATOR

C8 B C 9 C GRAY C10 D BROWN
5 X
9 10
12
14 15
1 2
9 10
3 4
13
C14
E 3 GRAY
E 4 DARK GRAY
E7 A
E8 B
6 13 14
1 2 3 4 X 6
1 2
1 10 14 15 X 23 24
X 11
6 7 12 X X
16
E9 C
E10 D
J 4 BLACK
J7
1 2 X 4 7 X 9 X X X 20 22
X 3 X 11 17 X X X X 27 28 X X X X X 33 34
J16 ORANGE
J17 BLUE
J24
J25
A A A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J26
C C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J27
A A A A A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A X X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J29 B
J28 A
A A A
A A A A A B B C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) D D X X A A B B X X F F
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J30 O 2 BLUE P 1 GRAY (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE
A A A A A B B B B D D D E E E (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
2 4
X 7
2 8
3 4 9 10
T 2 BLACK
V 2 BLACK
V 3 BLACK
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2
181
SHIFT LOCK
15A CIG
15A ECUIG
15A STOP
1 1T
8 1D
7 1C W
PL
BR
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C
1 GW 4 1R 2 1H GW 2 STP E 3 WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IG WB WB
BR
PL
1 ACC
5 IG
S5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU
KLS+ 4 LB 5 IG1 2 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID 1 8 1J 7 1J LB WB A
A WB
182
SERVICE HINTS S 5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU

1GROUND 5GROUND 3GROUND 2GROUND 4GROUND : : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION 612 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND THE SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J5 J7 J8 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 CODE J15 J16 K3 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 CODE S5 S10 SEE PAGE 29 29

CODE 1C 1D 1H 1J 1R 1T SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE IG1 SEE PAGE 36 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE IG II SEE PAGE 36 36
J5 GRAY
GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

J7 J8 GRAY J15
A A A A A A A A A A A C C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J16
ORANGE
K3
BLACK
S5
S10
BLUE
A A A
A A 1 2
1 2 3 4 5
A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
183
ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 15A ECUIG 15A STOP TACH 13 9 1J BR 7 1C BO
A BR S6 STEERING SENSOR A A
GW
1 IG
D B 1 J28 14 NEO FB 10 FA 12 LW LB C E E C F C BO E LB 3 4 LW 1
4 1R
FSS 2
SS2 7 RG
SS1 8 R
BR
A GW GW
17 SS2
16 SS1
2 +B
26 STP A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU
WB
SW1 21
SW2 3
GND 1
FA 13
FB+ 11
LY
J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C LW
A , J29
5 1R
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
2 F A B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR LB L LY
WB WB 1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A B ECU1 4 ECU2 B
J8
A , J9
WB
GND A25 2 ABSORBER CONTROL SW WB 5 2
8 1J
7 1J A11 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH WB
A WB A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
II
184
A A
LY
J8
A , J9
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B A B
BR
A23 ABS ECU
A19 ABS AND TRACTION ECU
D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
3 E1
D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 6 IK3
RRO 6 GRL
FRO 15 GRR
RRO 6 GRL
FRO 19 GRR
TEM 15
TC 4 LGR
TC 11 LGR
TS 16
E1 3
BR
B RY B B LGR LGR A
6 IM3
1 IM3
GRR
GRL
18 RRO
20 FRO
4 TEM
22 TC
19 TS
A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU
RB 5 R
RB+ 6 RY
RA 7 RW
RA+ 8 LR
D LW J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B B F E D LR RW RY R
LB L LY
D R
E RY
F RW
B LR
2 IM3 LY
7 IM3 L
3 IM3 LB
8 IM3 LW
6 ID1 R
4 ID1 RY
10 ID1 RW
2 ID1 LR
2 IN1 R
5 IN1 RY
6 IN1 RW
1 IN1 LR
WB
WB
WB
WB
WB
A12 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH
A35 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH
A36 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH
B6 BR ED
EA
BN
BO
IM
BR
11 IK3
BR
185
ELECTRONIC MODULATED SUSPENSION

SYSTEM OUTLINE
ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION SYSTEM IS THE DAMPING FORCE CONTROL SYSTEM USING SEVERAL SIGNALS WHICH RESTRAINS THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT (SUCH AS ROLLING, DRIVING, AND SQUAD) BY A DRIVERS OPERATION TOGETHER WITH RESTRAINING AND ABSORBING THE VEHICLE MOVEMENT CHANGE AND VIBRATION AGAINST THE UNEVENNESS OF THE ROAD. (1) STEERING SENSOR SIGNAL TO INPUT THE ROTATION ANGLE OF THE STEERING WHEEL INTO THE TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (2) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL TO DETECT THE VEHICLE SPEED AT ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH AND INPUT TO THE TERMINALS FRO AND RRO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU FROM ABS ECU OR ABS AND TRACTION ECU. (3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL TO DETECT THE SIGNAL OF THE BRAKE IN OPERATION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL STP OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (4) ENGINE ROTATION SIGNAL TO DETECT THE ENGINE SPEED AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINAL NEO OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU. (5) ABSORBER CONTROL SW SIGNAL TO DETECT THE SWITCH CONDITION AND INPUT IT INTO THE TERMINALS SW1 AND SW2 OF THE ABSORBER CONTROL ECU.
SERVICE HINTS A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU

2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 26GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 1GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
S 6 STEERING SENSOR
1GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A11 A12 A19 A23 A24 A25 A35 A36 SEE PAGE 26 26 28 28 28 28 30 30 CODE D1 D3 E27 J1 J3 J8 A J9 B J15 See Page 26 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 Code J24 J27 J28 A J29 B J37 S6 S10 See Page 29 29 29 29 30 29 29

Code 1C 1J 1R See Page 24
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

CODE ID1 IK3 IM3 IN1 SEE PAGE 36 38 38 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
Code EA ED II IM BN BO See Page 34 34 36 36 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE B6 SEE PAGE 40 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
186
A 11 GRAY
A GRAY 12
A 19
A 23
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
X X X
6 X X 19 X X 15
6 X
A24 GRAY
A 25 BLACK
A GRAY 35
1 2 3 4 14 X 16 17
5 6 7 8 18 19 20 21 22
X 10 11 12 13 X X X 26
1 2 X 4 3 5
1 2 4
A36 GRAY
D 1 BLACK
D 3 DARK GRAY
1 3 5 4 2 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X X X X X X X X X 4 3 X X X 15
E7
J 1 GRAY
J3
X 13 X X X
B B B B B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A A C C C
E E E F F F F
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J 8 A GRAY
J 9 B GRAY
J15
J24
A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B A A A
A A
187
ELECTRIC MODULATED SUSPENSION
J27
J28 A
J29 B
J37
A A A A A B B B B C C C D D D E E E F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) X X F F D D X X
A A A A
A A
S 6 GRAY
S10 BLUE
1 1 2 X X X X 7 8 X X
188
MEMO
189
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL

3 60A ABS 2 3 GRR ABS MOTOR RELAY 1 4 3 WR
GRL
3 1 2 5 4 ABS SOL RELAY 3 3 3 3 6 3 GRR
GRR
RL
GRL
RL
WB
WL
GR
A19 A , A20 B , A21 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU
1 A R+
24 A MR
SR 11 A
GND3 9 C
GND2 10 C
SFRH 13 A
SFRR 26 A
GR WR 3 B B WR WB RB WR WB WB 9 B WL 4 A A7 WB A ,A8 E1 WB WB WB E1 WB E1 EB EA
ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR
190
15A ECUIG
15A STOP
9 1J
7 1C
A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU GW FRO RRO 18 GRL 6 IM3 GRL
BR
W 2 5 1R S10 STOP LIGHT SW 4 1R 1
1 IM3 BR GW GRR GW
RL
GRR
20
RL
8 B IG1
A19 A , A20 B , A21 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU
16 B STP
19 A FRO
6 A RRO
SFLH 2 C
SFLR 1 C
SRRH 8 C
SRRR 7 C
SRLH 25 A
SRLR 12 A
SRC1 5 C
SRC2 4 C
SMC1 12 C
SMC2 6 C
AST 10 A
MT 14 A
GND1 15 A
LGB
WR
RW
12 B
6 B
11 B
5 B
10 B
4 B
7 B
2 B
8 B
1 B
5 A
3 A
A7
A , A8
2 A
1 A
ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR WB WR WR
WB
WB
E1
WB
WL
RG
GY
BR
YR
BY
YB
LB
191
(SHORT PIN) WB 23 RL TS 16 RY 22 GB WA TC 11 LGR E1 3 E1 3 BR TC 4 LGR ABS 14 RL TRC 17 L C B J28 A , J29 B
B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A ,J9 C A BR
4 IK3
8 IK3
5 IK3
11 IK3 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LGR
GB
RY
RL
J8
B B BR A A A A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C
LGR 12 IJ1
8 IM2
F RY
C C
B LGR
GB
GB
GB
RL
6 IK3 BR 5 IM2 RL LGR GB RY A 12 IM2 J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
2 IM1 RL L
BR A19 A , A20 B , A21 C
23 A TS
4 B WA
9 A TC
22 A D/G
12 B WT
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
FL+ 5 A
FL 4 A
FR+ 17 A
FR 18 A
RL+ 2 B
RL 1 B
RR+ 9 B
RR 10 B
1 IM2
6 IM2
3 ID1
9 ID1
3 IN1
9 IN1
A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH
A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH
A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH
A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH
192
RL 10A GAUGE 3 D
C8
B , C10
COMBINATION METER
2 1D TRAC OFF ABS SLIP
6 D 19 IJ1
7 D
4 B D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
GB
LG
GB 18 IJ1 RL
BR A19 A , A20 B , A21 C 3 B IND
CSW 11 B LG
LG
NEO 15 B
EFI+ 6 B
EFI 14 B
TRC+ 13 B
TRC 5 B
T5 TRAC OFF SW 1 WB
19 A NEO
26 A EFI+
25 A EFI
28 A TRC+
27 A TRC
A B J8 A A WB A , J9 B E7 A ,E9 C
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E2 22 C VTA1 7 C VC 1 C
8 1J
BR
BRW
RL D
7 1J WB 2 E2 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ED 3 VTA 1 VC
BR
193

SYSTEM OUTLINE
(ABS) ABS IS A BRAKE SYSTEM DESIGNED FOR THE PURPOSE TO IMPROVE THE OPERATING ABILITY SECURING THE STABILITY OF THE VEHICLE BY PREVENTING THE LOOKINGUP OF THE VEHICLE CONTROLLING THE WHEEL CYLINDER PRESSURE OF ALL THE FOUR WHEELS AT THE TIME OF SUDDEN BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU. STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED.
(2)
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
WHEN THE WHEELS ARE TO BE LOCKEDUP, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED BY THE SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU AND THE BRAKE FLUID IN THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL FLOW THROUGH THE RESERVOIR AND REDUCE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. WHILE THE ABS IS IN OPERATION, AS THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU IS ALWAYS OUTPUTTING THE OPERATION SIGNAL TO THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, BRAKE FLUID STORED INSIDE THE RESERVOIR WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND RETURNED TO THE MASTER CYLINDER. WHEN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS DECOMPRESSED OR INCREASED UNTIL THE NECESSARY HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS CONTROLLED BY THE CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU AND AS A RESULT, HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BE CLOSED AT BOTH ROUTES OF THE MASTER CYLINDER AND RESERVOIR SIDES AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER WILL BECOME TO BE IN THE HOLDING CONDITION. IF THE INCREASE OF HYDRAULIC PRESSURE VOLUME OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER BECOMES NECESSARY, WITH THE CONTROL SIGNAL FROM THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU, THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR WILL BE CONTROLLED AND BECOME THE SAME CONDITION AS USUAL AND THE BRAKE FLUID OF THE MASTER CYLINDER WILL BE SENT TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER AND WILL INCREASE THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER. AT THIS TIME, IN THE CASE THAT THE BRAKE FLUID STAYS LEFT IN THE RESERVOIR, IT WILL BE SUCTIONED UP BY THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND WILL BE SENT TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER. ALSO, INCREASING SPEED OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS CONTROLLED BY OUTPUTTING THE INCREASING AND THE SAID HOLDING ONE AFTER ANOTHER. (TRACTION CONTROL) TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO PERFORM THE ENGINE OUTPUT CONTROL BY THE FUEL CUT AND HYDRAULIC PRESSURE CONTROL OF DRIVING WHEEL BRAKE AND CONTROL THE SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. BY DOING THIS, IT IMPROVES STARTING ACCELERATION AND OPERATING ABILITY OF THE VEHICLE SECURING THE DRIVING ABILITY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ROAD SURFACE CONDITION.
3. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION

ESTIMATING THE VEHICLE SPEED FROM THE REAR WHEEL SPEED, COMPARING IT WITH THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEED AND JUDGING THE GRIP CONDITION OF THE DRIVING WHEELS. FROM THE ESTIMATED VEHICLE SPEED, TARGET SPEED OF THE DRIVING SPEED WILL BE SET. WHEN THE FRONT, DRIVING WHEEL SPEED EXCEEDS THE CONTROL STARTING SPEED, IT JUDGES THAT THE TIRE SLIP IS OCCURRED AND PERFORMS THE FUEL CUT CYLINDER NUMBER CONTROL AND BRAKE CONTROL AND THEN ADJUST TO MAKE THE FRONT WHEEL SPEED BECOME THE TRACTION CONTROL TARGET SPEED. CONTROLLING OF THE TRACTION CONTROL WILL BE COMPLETED WHEN THE VEHICLE MOVE ONTO THE ROAD WHERE THE DRIVING WHEELS WILL NOT HAVE A TIRE SLIP OR WHEN THE DRIVER DECELERATE.
194
SERVICE HINTS A19 A , A20 B ,A21

IG1 GND R+ SR R+ MR WA GND
: 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : 914 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFF : 01 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : 02 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ON : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT OFF STP GND : 01.5 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF : 814 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON D/G GND : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT ON MT GND : 01.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION NEO GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IDLING IND GND : 02 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT ON : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT OFF WT GND : 02 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT ON ; 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFF CSW GND : 02 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW PUSHED : 814 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF SW RELEASED TC, TS GND : 814 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION TRC+, TRC GND : PULES GENERATION WITH TRACTION CONTROL ACTIVE EFI+, ERI GND : PULES GENERATION WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION SRLH, SRLH, AST GND : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SFLH, SRRR, SRRH GND : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SFRR, SFRH, SFLR GND : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND WARNING LIGHT OFF SRC1, SRC2, SMC1, SMC2 GND : 1014 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TRAC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT OFF
S10 STOP LIGHT SW

21 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
A 9, A10, A34, A35 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
12 : 1.51.7 K (20C 68F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A7 A A8 B A9 A10 A19 A A20 B A21 C A24 A33 A34 SEE PAGE 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 30 30 CODE C8 B C10 D D1 D3 E7 A E9 C J1 J3 J4 J8 A SEE PAGE 28 28 26 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 CODE J9 B J15 J24 J27 J28 A J29 B J30 S10 T2 T5 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 27 29
: RELAY BLOCKS

23 CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R SEE PAGE 24 24 24
CODE 3
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO.3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
195

CODE ID1 IJ1 IK3 IH1 IM2 IM3 IN1 38 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 38 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE ( (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ) 36 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EB ED II 34 34 36 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E1
A7 A GRAY
SEE PAGE 34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE

A8 B BLACK
CODE
SEE PAGE
A9
GRAY
A10 GRAY
1 3 4
2 5 1 7 2 8 3 4 5 6
9 10
11 12
A19
A20
A21 C
X X 4 5 6 X X 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 X 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 7
2 8
14 15 X 17 18 19 X X 22 23 24 25 26
9 10 X 12
A24 GRAY
A33 GRAY
A34 GRAY
C8
X X 18 20 X X X
2 1
2 1
196
C10 D BROWN
D 1 BLACK
D 3 DARK GRAY
7 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X 22 23 X X X X X X X X 4 3 X X 17 X 14
E7 A
E9 C
J 1 GRAY
J3
X 7 19 X X X 25 26 27 28
X X X
B B B B B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A A
X 22
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J 4 BLACK
J 8 A GRAY
J 9 B GRAY
J15
D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) C C C A A A A A A B B B
A A A A
A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J24 J27 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J28 A J29 B
A A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) X X X X C C
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J30 S10 BLUE T 2 BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T 5 BLACK
C C C
F F F F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
1 2 3 1 2 1 X X 4
197
ABS
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 8 IM2 RL 4 IK3
60A ABS
RL
RL
GRR J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A ABS SOL RELAY RL BR D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 3 E1 BR 23 WB (*1) E1 6 IK3 3 BR BR JUNCTION CONNECTOR GRR LGR RL GR 3 ABS 14 TC 4 TC 11 LGR TS 16 RY WA 22 GB 5 IK3 GB C C F RY C GB GB J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR 4 A WA 9 B 3 B RW MT 11 IK3 8 IK3 RY F 8 A TS SRLR 12 B 16 B LGB 6 A 5 B R AST A , J9 B J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LGR B J8 B B 11 A D/G 9 A TC B SRRH 21 B SRRR 22 B SRLH 5 B WR RG 4 A 8 A 2 A B GY LGR
ABS MOTOR RELAY
3 2
4 3 3 3 GRL 3 WB 3 WL 6
WR
B B
C A
7 B MR
18 B SR
8 B R+
A22
ABS ECU
SFRH 4 B WB
SFRR 1 B
SFLH 10 B
SFLR 11 B
WR
E4
1 B
4 B
WL
WB
1 A
5 A
3 A
7 A
WR
WB
2 B A5 A , A6
ABS ACTUATOR WB
198
WL
RB
LB
BR A , A23
* 1 : SHORT PIN
10A GAUGE
15A ECUIG
15A STOP
2 1D RL
9 1J BR
7 1C W A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 2 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 1 2
D RL
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
4 1R 6 IM2 1 IM2
7 GB
5 1R GW
GB A GW
BR
2 A IG1
12 A STP
20 B FL
19 B FL+
14 B FR
3 B FR+
A22 A , A23 ABS ECU GND GND RRO 6 B FRO 15 B
RR 7 A 1 A
RR+
RL 10 A 3 A
W RL+ 3 ID1 R
13 B
2 B
WB
WB
GRR
GRL
9 IN1 6 IM3 1 IM3
3 IN1
9 ID1
GRR
GRL
12 IJ1
BR
GW
C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]
E1
18 RRO WB WB
20 FRO
WB
A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU
EA
EB
BR ED
199
ABS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS A22 A , A23 B ABS ECU (CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR) 2GROUND 13GROUND A 2GROUND A 12GROUND
B B
: : : :
ALWAYS CONTINUITY ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
A 6 B ABS ACTUATOR 1GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY S10 STOP LIGHT SW 21 : CLOSED WITH THE BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A5 A6 A9 A10 A22 A23 A24 A B A B 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 SEE PAGE CODE A33 A34 C10 D1 D3 J3 J4 30 30 28 26 28 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J8 J9 J24 J27 J30 S10 A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 3 SEE PAGE 23 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

CODE 1C 1D 1J 1R SEE PAGE 24 24 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
200

CODE ID1 IJ1 IK3 IM2 IM3 IN1 36 38 38 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EA EB ED 34 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E1 SEE PAGE 34
A 5 A BLACK

A 6 B GRAY A 9 GRAY
CODE
SEE PAGE
A10 GRAY
A22 A
1 5
2 6
3 7
4 8
1 3 4
2 5
1 2 3
4 X X
7 8 9 10 11 12
A23 B
A24 GRAY
A33 GRAY
A34 GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X 18 19 20 21 22 X 18 20
X X X X
2 1
2 1
C10 BROWN
D 1 BLACK
D 3 DARK GRAY
7 X X 3 X X X X X X X X 11 16 X X X X X 22 23 X X X X X X X 14
X X 4 3 X X
201
ABS
J3 J4 BLACK J8 A GRAY J9 B GRAY
A A A A A
D D D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) B B B C C C B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J24 J27 J30
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S10 BLUE
A A
A A
A A A A A C C C F F F F 1 2
A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
202
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year. S Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery. Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position and the negative () terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The SRS is equipped with a backup power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative () terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.) When the negative () terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by the audio memory system. When work is finished, reset the audio systems as before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a backup power supply from outside the vehicle. Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, and airbag sensor assembly should be inspected. Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts. Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse it. If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly or airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones. Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, or airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames. Use a volt/ohmmeter with a high impedance (10 k/V minimum) for troubleshooting the systems electrical circuits. Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices. After work on the SRS is completed, check the SRS warning light. If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair Manual.
S S S S S
S S S S S
203
SRS
The SRS has connectors which possess the functions described below: 1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plate automatically connects the power source and grounding terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM This mechanism is designed to electrically check if connectors are connected correctly and completely. The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so that the connection detection pin connects with the diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in the locked condition.
204
3. CONNECTOR TWINLOCK MECHANISM With this mechanism connectors (male and female connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
205
SRS
5A IGN
15A CIG
10A ECUB
4 1N
2 1N A31 AIRBAG SQUIB (STEERING WHEEL PAD) A30 AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)
7 2J
BO
GR
3 1W 1 SPIRAL CABLE 1 2 WR YG YR YB Y 8 2 2 1G
WR
15 IG2
16 ACC
7 D+
6 D
3 P+
2 P 9 LA 5 BY BY
A29 AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY E1 10 E2 9 TC 8 PB
C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]
WB
WB
B LGR D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 4 TC E1 3 BR 11 IK3 LGR B B LGR
2 A A A LG BY
IG2
1 1N
3 1N
IK3 LG 5 AB E1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 3 BR A
B C A JUNCTION CONNECTOR A ,J9
7 1J
3 1V
11 TC
J8
B B BR
WB
WB
IK3 BR A
II
IF
206
BR ED
J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
SYSTEM OUTLINE THE SRS IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE TO TERMINAL 15. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL, CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 7 AND 3 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIBS TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 6 AND 2 OF THE AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 9 OR TERMINAL 10 OR BODY GROUND GROUND, SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER. THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGERS INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE PASSENGER. : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A29 A30 A31 C10 28 28 28 28 J8 SEE PAGE CODE D1 D3 J1 A 26 28 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J9 J15 J24 B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
1G 1J 1N 1V 1W 2J
24
20

CODE SEE PAGE 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTUMENT PANEL J/B) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IG2 IK3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION SURGE TANK RH COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ED IF II
207
SRS
A29 YELLOW
A30 YELLOW
A31 YELLOW
C10 BROWN
X 2
3 X A B
5 6
7 8 1 2 1 2
8 9
9 10
X X
X X
15 16
D1
BLACK
D3
DARK GRAY
J1
GRAY
A A A X X 3 X X X X X X 5 X X X X 11 X X X X X X X X 4 X X X X
B B
A A A B B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 3 X X
J 8 A GRAY
J 9 B GRAY
J15
J24
A A C C C B B B A A
A A
A A
A A
A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
208
MOON ROOF
SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY TERMINAL A 3 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY TERMINAL 2 GROUND. AS A RESULT, POWER RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY FLOWS FORM TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. 1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE OPEN SW ON WITH THE ROOF CLOSED, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE OPEN DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOME ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS SUCH AS THE TERMINAL IG BECOMES OFF OR ANY OF THE SWS IS TURNED ON OR THE TIME LIMIT (ABOUT 20 SECONDS) IS UP OR THE CURRENT GOES UP THE UPPER LIMIT (ABOUT 17 AMPERE). 2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) ON WITH THE ROOF OPEN, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE TO THE CLOSE DIRECTION UNTIL THEY BECOME HALF POSITION (LS1 SW TURNS FROM ON TO OFF). UNDER THE CONDITION WITH THE ROOF HALF CLOSED, WHEN TURNING THE SLIDE CLOSE SW (TILT UP) ON AGAIN, THEY WILL MAKE THE MOTOR ROTATE UNTIL THE ROOF IS COMPLETELY CLOSED. 3. TILT UP OPERATION WITH THE ROOF CLOSED, WHEN THE TILT UP SWITCH IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF UP (LS1 SW OFF, LS2 SW OFF). 4. TILT DOWN OPERATION WHEN THE ROOF UP, WHEN THE TILT DOWN SWITCH (SLIDE OPEN) IS PUSHED ON, THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY DRIVES THE MOTOR IN DIRECTION OF DOWN, AND THE MOTOR STOPS AT FULLY DOWN POSITION (LS1 SW OFF TO ON). 5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DOOR FUSE TO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL A 3 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER RELAY TERMINAL 2 GROUND FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER RELAY TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL 4 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW ON)WITHIN ABOUT 43 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 6 OR A 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND OPEN OPEN CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.
209
MOON ROOF
25A DOOR
10A GAUGE
30A POWER
M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
1 POWER RELAY 2
5 4 IG
1 1D LW
5 1G
7 1J
7 1F
A , J35
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C B
A A LW
J34
RB
LIMIT SW2 1 A I14 A 7 3 A 10 7 3
LIMIT SW1 2 GW
GND
TILT UP
SLIDE OPEN
MOTOR+ 5
MOTOR 1
INTEGRATION RELAY 6 6 A
RL RG GW RL G 2 R 1 M 3 WB WB B2 WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 3 1V WB IF BQ
7 1S
A , J35
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
E A
LS2 WB
RG
RG
LS1
D B
J34
4 WB WB
M3 MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW
7 IP1
RG
B4 WB
WB
B2
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH
3 1F
210
SERVICE HINTS POWER RELAY 53 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY 2GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 4GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION
CODE D9 D10 I14 A 30 30 28 SEE PAGE CODE J15 J34 J35 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE M2 M3 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 24 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
1D 1F 1G 1J 1S 1V

CODE SEE PAGE 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH ROOF LEFT
IF II BQ
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40
D10
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE

I14 A ORANGE
CODE
SEE PAGE 40
J15
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE

J34 A BLACK
B2
D9
B4
1 1 X 3 X X X X 6 X X
A A A A
A A A A E E E
X X X X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J35
BLACK
M2
M3
1 2 C C D D D
4 5 X 7 X
1 3 5
2 4 6
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
211
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK

15A CIG
7. 5A PANEL
7. 5A DOME
5 1D 6 1J 1 1T
12 2J
PL
1 1W A PL J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 8 1G
A A PL A B 2 C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 4 G R J12 A , J13 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A A J5 A , J6 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B
3 WB ILL+
1 B+ C6 CLOCK
ACC EARTH 4 2
PL WB
WB
A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II IG
212
WB
SERVICE HINTS C 5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 4GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY C 6 CLOCK 1GROUND : 4GROUND : 2GROUND : 3GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE C5 C6 J5 A 28 28 29 SEE PAGE CODE J6 J7 J12 A B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J13 J15 J16 B 29 29 29 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 24 25 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1D 1G 1J 1T 1W 2J
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36
C6
GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH

BLACK J5 A GRAY J6 B GRAY J7
IG II
C5
A A A A A 2 4 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 1 2 3 4 A A A A A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J12
GRAY
J13
GRAY
J15
J16
ORANGE
A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
A A
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
213
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 1 NOISE FILTER 1 10A MIRROR HEATER 2
40A DEF
10A HEATER
7 1J WB
4 1D BY
5 1T BY
3 1R LB B J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 13 1J 5 1 DEFOGGER RELAY 3 2 1 1L 12 1J 23 8 ID1 RDFG YG B LB
5 IO2 BY
5 IE2 BY J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 20 IE2 WB R16 MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] WB 6 4 B B
20 IO2
WB
R17 MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] WB 6 4 B B
WB
A14 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
7 1G 1 3 1V C17 CHOKE COIL
WB
WB
II
IL
214
WB
IF
SERVICE HINTS DEFOGGER RELAY 53 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 C17 J15 28 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J20 J36 J38 29 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE R16 R17 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINSIH PANEL)
1D 1G 1J 1L 1R 1T 1V
CODE
24 24 24 SEE PAGE 36 36 38
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)

JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
ID1 IE2 IO2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 36
A1 4
GROUND POINTS LOCATION COWL SIDE PANEL LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH RIGHT KICK PANEL
C17 J1 5 J2 0 BL AC K
IF II IL
A 1 X X 23 A A A
A A B B
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7) (H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
J36
J3 8
R16
R17
B B B B B
B B B B B 6 X 4 6 X 4
(H IN T : SE E P A G E 7 )
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7)
215
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
15A ECUIG
5A TEL
8 1D BR
1 2J
BR
4 IF1
BR
B1
BR
J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR
2 ID2 GB
T 7 ,A
T 8
B 10 B IG GB
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
9 B +B
GB
16
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
3 B
17 B
15 G
14 W W W
2 BR
8 RW
1 G W W
6 GRW
24 BR D1 3 B (SHIELDED) 3 B D1 Y
GND 11 B
PH+ 1 B
PH 6 B
HOOK 4 B
PWR 11 A
TAF+ 2 B
TAF 7 B
RAF 7 A
RAF+ 2 A
(SHIELDED)
WB
BR
RW
GR
3 ID2
4 ID2
BR
2 A IG+
1 A HOOK
2 B PWR
7 B TAF+
8 B RAF+
2 PHI+
1 PHI C12 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE [COMB. SW]
C15 A , C16
CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)
BN
216
TELI 24
1 ID2 LR
LR
T 7 ,A T 8 3 A TEL1 RB BR L 13 MUTE TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER GND 11 R 12 O 18 Y 23 B 10 B YB D2 6 A D3 1 A GND3 8 A GND2 8 B MUTE 4 A RLI+ 5 B RLI 12 B 5 AUDIO(+) 3 GW 22 25 19 6 TEL() 2 TEL(+) 1 SPCNT
SPEAKER RELAY
AUDIO() 9 RW
RLSP(+) 4 LW
RLSP() 10 BW RLO 12 A 6 BQ1
RLO+ 5 A
BR
YB
WB
7 BQ1
7 IF1 WB
10 IF1
11
IF1
YB
D2
D3
GND2
GND1
GND
10 TEL MUTE R2 RADIO AND PLAYER
2 RL+
4 B
5 B
6 B
1 B
3 A
6 RL
S8 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH
C15 A , C16
CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET) BN
217
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE

SERVICE HINTS T 8 B TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY B 9GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS B 10GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION B 11GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A14 C12 C15 A C16 B 28 28 30 30 SEE PAGE CODE J5 J37 R2 R10 29 30 29 31 SEE PAGE CODE S8 T7 T8 A B 29 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1D 2J
CODE

SEE PAGE 36 36 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
ID2 IF1 BQ1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BN
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 40
A14

C12 BLACK
CODE
SEE PAGE
B1
C15 A
C16 B
X X
24
1 2
3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4
J5
GRAY
J37
R2
R10
S8
A A C C C A A
A A X 10 2 1
2 6
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) T7 A T8 B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X X 11 12 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
218
HORN
10A HORN
5 HORN RELAY
2 10 2K GB
3 1 2F GW J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A GB
GW 1 H7 HORN LH 1 H8 HORN RH
6 C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]
SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY 53 : CLOSED WITH THE HORN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION
CODE C12 H7 28 26 SEE PAGE CODE H8 J2 26 29 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 20 20
C12 BLACK
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
H7 1 BLACK H8 1 A A A BLACK J2 BLACK
2F 2K
6 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
219
RADIO AND PLAYER

GW 7. 5A RADNO. 2 20A RADIO NO. 1 (*1) W B 3 1H 11 2K G R LY (*1) R W GW W G R 5 1W GR R 10 TX+ B 1 R+
4 MUTE
6 R
7 L
2 L+
9 TX
6 1G +B 5 LY LY ACC 12 GR GND 8 BR C4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
B J14 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B
A A LY B GR A
LY
GR
S7 3 C ACC 4 C +B
A ,S8
B ,S9
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
E 7 C
FL+ 2 C
FL 6 C
FR+ 1 C
FR 5 C
LG
9 IE2 BR BR P
1 IE2 V
9 IO2 LG
1 IO2 L C C A C LG L L 2 1 1 2
C A A P C V P V
A LG
1 IJ
F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH
F16 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER LH
F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH
F17 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER RH
220
RADIO AND PLAYER
* 1 : SHIELDED
GW (*1) W B G R (*1) R W GW (*1) W G R R B R2 A , R3 RADIO AND PLAYER B
9 B TX
10 B TX
3 B GND
2 B CDL+
7 B CDL
1 B CDR+
6 B CDR
4 B MUTE
RR 15 A
RL 14 A
BEEP 13 A
GND 12 A
FR 7 A
FL 6 A
MUTE 5 A
GND 11 A
ACC 3 A
AMP+ 1 A
+B 4 A
TEL MUTE 10 A
(*1)
I12
15 A RR
14 A RL
13 A BEEP
12 A SGND
7 A FR
6 A FL
5 A MUTE
11 A GND
BR
3 A RACC
1 A AMP+
4 A +B
WF+ 4 B
WF 5 B
RR+ 1 B
RR 3 B S7 A ,S8 B ,S9 C
RL+ 2 B B
RL 6 B Y
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER LGR LGB W R
10 IF1 B 9 IF1 8 IF1 4 IP1 1 IP1
11 IF1 Y
7 IF1 YB 4 A MUTE
5 B T7 A ,T8 B RLI+ TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
12 B RLI
LGR
7 BR1
6 BR1
RLO+ 5 A
RLO 12 A
LGB
B 2
7 BQ1
R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH 1 Y 6 BQ1 Y
W9 WOOFER SPEAKER
R11 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH
YB
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
BR
221
RADIO AND PLAYER

SERVICE HINTS S 9 C STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER C 7GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY C 3GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION C 4GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS C 4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER 12GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION 5GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE C4 F14 F15 F16 F17 J14 28 30 30 30 30 29 SEE PAGE CODE J36 J38 R2 R3 R10 R11 A B 30 30 29 29 31 31 SEE PAGE CODE S7 S8 S9 T7 T8 W9 A B C A B 29 29 29 31 31 31 SEE PAGE

CODE SEE PAGE 24 24 30 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1G 1H 1W 2K

CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 38 38 40 40 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE NO. 2 AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
IE2 IF1 IO2 IP1 BQ1 BR1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
IJ
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I12
222
C4
F14
BLUE
F15
BLUE
F16
F17
J14
1 2 X
5 A 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 A A B B B B
6 7 8 9 10 X 12
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J36
J38
R2
R 3
1 A A A A C C C C A A A A C C C C 1 X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 3 4 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 6
2 3
4 X
7 X 9 10 X X
14 15
R10
R11
S 7
S 8
S 9
1 2 1 2 1 1 X 3 4 X 11 12 13 5 6 7 3 4 5
2 6
1 5
2 6 7 X
3 X
4 X
X X
14 15
T7
T 8
W 9
4 X X
5 12 5 12 2 1
223
COMBINATION METER
10A GAUGE C VW J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE FROM A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU 12 2J R
7. 5A DOME
C VW
1 1J RL
2 1D RL
C VW C VW
A , J29
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
D A
D 3 D
IJ1 8 1G VW
A R C7 A ,C8 B ,C9 C , C10 D 8 C COMBINATION METER TACHOMETER DOOR FUEL FUEL
F B
J28
RL
3 D
RL
10 C
ODO
SPEEDOMETER
CPU
9 C 2 IK2 L
4 D P
11 D YR
12 D GW
13 D
13 A BO
6 C RW
OIL 3 B YB 5 TO DOOR COURTESY SW IL1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW YB 1
RL
6 7 IL1 2 IL1 3 IF3 4 IF3 1 IF3
IJ1
A GW YR BO BR BR BR P L A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL
1 IG+
3 SI
2 SE
3 FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)
F19 FUEL SENDER
IJ
224
1 1W
3 BR
WATER TEMP.
1 A
BR IL1
EE 6 C7 3 A COMBINATION METER TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE IJ1 B ,C9 CRUISE C , C10 TO INTEGRATION RELAY ABS TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU TRAC OFF 6 D L FROM GENERATOR TO AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 1 IL1 A ,C8 10 MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP 5 D GR GR 4 A 5 IG2 TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU SEAT BELT D O O 8 A RW 7 D TO ABS ECU TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU SLIP 4 B LG GB CHARGE 10 A 2 B Y BR SRS 2 1G 3 1W 9 D 8 D LG WR WR O/D OFF 5 B C C 4 O2 O/D MAIN SW J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 WB GO GO TURN LH 11 B GB YG YG 8 1T 7 2J TURN RH 15 B FROM TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] 13 B WB GY
W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER
5A IGN 10A ECUB
WB
IG
225
226
3 1J 11 IK2 5 REAR LIGHT BW J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5A STARTER B B BW 7 A TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IF3 YG YG J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BRAKE P N BW B B 9 A 3 IG2 RW RW 5 (*1) B B RW 6 10 IK2 GR (*2) RW C7 10 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW BRK GR A ,C8 C B B A COMBINATION METER 1 B ,C9 RW BULB CHECK RELAY 16 B GR C , C10 J8 A , J9 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 6 IG1 GR D RW (*2) J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A RW B 4 ENGINE OIL E6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW 7 C WB 2 1 IL1 OIL TEMP. BY BY DELAY FROM DRL NO. 3 RELAY 5 2J C B RW (* 1) 3 IG1 OIL LEVEL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 56) 15A HEAD (RH) B D A RW J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB WB 4 IG1 C A C A 5 C RB (*2) A B A HIGH BEAM 3 C RW D A F B J10 RB (*1) HEAD (*1) 7 B RW (*1) TAIL (* 2) TO COMBINATION SW A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A A 5 1D 8 B G G 9 7. 5A PANEL WASHER LEVEL 10 D PL PL IJ1 1 J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 IM2 PL
P3 PARKING BRAKE SW
COMBINATION METER
D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
RW
(*2)
PKB
WB
II
B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
WB
7 1J
4 IK1
8 1J
WB
J8
A ,J9
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WB
A A
A A
W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW
WB
EA
FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
GW
LW
BR
RB
12 B
14 B
1 C
2 C
10 B
9 B
C7 A , C8 B , C9 COMBINATION METER
C , C10
1 D
2 D
BR
TO RHEOSTAT
227
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS B1
12
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW

: CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT DOWN
P3 PARKING BRAKE SW 1GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW 1GROUND : CLOSED WITH THE OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPOX. 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.8 PSI, 20 KPA) W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER 1GROUND : APPROX. 226 (50 C, 122 F) APPROX. 25 (115 C, 239 F) E6 12 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW : CLOSED WITH THE FLOAT UP AND THE ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55 C (131 F) OPEN WITH THE FLOAT
F19FUEL SENDER 23 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY C7 ,C8 ,C 9 ,C10 COMBINATION METER 3GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 13GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 8GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 15GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 5GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 8GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE B1 C7 C8 C9 C10 D5 E6 F19 J2 J4 J5 A B C D 26 28 28 28 28 28 26 30 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J15 J16 J17 J20 J21 A B A B A B 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 SEE PAGE CODE J25 J26 J28 J29 O1 O2 P1 P3 V2 W1 W3 A B 29 29 29 29 27 29 27 29 27 27 27 SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1D 1G 1J 1T 1W 2J

SEE PAGE 24 24 24 24 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE SEE PAGE 36 36 38 38 38 38 38 38
IF3 IG1 IG2 IJ1 IK1 IK2 IL1 IM2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
228
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 36 36 36
B 1 GRAY
GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH
C 7 A BLUE C8 B
EA EE IG II IJ
1 X 3 4 X X
7 8 9 10 X X 13
X 2 3 4 5 X 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C 9 C GRAY
C10 D BROWN
D 5 GRAY
X 4 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 10
E 6 GRAY
F19
J2
BLACK
J4
BLACK
J5
GRAY
B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
D D D A A A A A A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J7 J 8 A GRAY J 9 B GRAY J10 A
A A A A A A B B B
A A A A A A C C C D D
X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J11 B J12 GRAY J15
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J16
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) ORANGE
A X X F F A A A A A A A A A
A A
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J17 BLUE (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK J21 B BLACK
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J25
C C C C A A C C C C
A A A X X
X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
229
COMBINATION METER
J26
J28
J29
O1
GRAY
O 2
BLUE
B B B B D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) D X X X X F F 1 2 4
P 1
GRAY
P 3
V 2
BLACK
W 1
BLACK
W 3
GRAY
X 5 6
3 1 2
230
RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE ECUIG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (COIL SIDE), FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) AND FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE). FURTHERMORE, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (COIL SIDE) THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 2 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 TERMINAL 1 GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY TO TURN ON. 1. LOW SPEED OPERATION ONLY WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATES AT LOW SPEED. WHEN THE A/C SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED, THE CURRENT FROM ECUIG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIODE (A/C) TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TO TURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY TERMINAL 5 TERMINAL 5 OF THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL 1 GROUND. AS THIS FLOWING IN SERIES FOR THE MOTORS, THE MOTORS ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. WHEN THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM ECUIG FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY (COIL SIDE) TERMINAL 1 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN NO. 3 RELAY TO TURN ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE CDS FUSE FLOWS THE SAME ROUTE AS ABOVE, ROTATING THE MOTORS AT LOW SPEED. 2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION ONLY WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF OR THE WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF, THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR AND THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. WHEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FROM THE RDI FUSE FLOWS TO THE FAN NO. 1 RELAY (POINT SIDE) TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR TERMINAL 1 GROUND. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM THE CDS FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 3 OF THE FAN NO. 2 RELAY TERMINAL 4 GROUND. AS THE CURRENT FLOWING IN PARALLEL FOR THE MOTORS AS ABOVE, THE MOTORS ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. SERVICE HINTS A 4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 32 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA) CLOSE BELOW APPROX. 12.5 KG/CM2 (142 PSI, 980 KPA) W 4 WATER TERMP. SW NO. 1 21 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 95C (203F) W 5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 1GROUND : CLOSE ABOVE APPROX. 90C (198F)
231
RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

15A ECUIG
100A ALT
F7 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 6 1A BR BR
30A RDI
30A CDS
6 2K
2 2B
2 2H ENGINE MAIN RELAY 5 1 4 1 4 FAN NO. 1 RELAY 2 3 A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR 1 2G GW GW 1 BR 2 3 2 M GW 1 FAN NO. 3 RELAY FAN NO. 2 RELAY R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 2 3 4 2 M 1 1 1 R 1 5 1 1 WR WB L
2 2C BR
4 2F WB
5 2C WB GW
13 2J
1 2C
2 2F
7 2G
A4 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW
L L 1
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
2 LW
D2 DIODE (A/C)
2 LY 2 5 IM1 L
1 3
1 EA1
LW
7 IM2 1 1 IK1 LY W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 1 1 L 5
W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1
WR
2 MGCR
2 EA1
WB
WB
WB
E3
WB
EC
232
BR
WB
BR
BR
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE A2 A4 A15 26 26 28 SEE PAGE CODE D2 F7 R1 26 26 27 SEE PAGE CODE W4 W5 27 27 SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE 1 SEE PAGE 22 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE 1A 2B 2C 2F 2G 2H 2J 2K 20 20 SEE PAGE 24
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ( )

CODE EA1 IK1 IM1 IM2 34 38 38 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE EC 34 SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE E3 SEE PAGE 34
A 2 GRAY

A 4 BLACK A15
CODE
SEE PAGE
D 2 ORANGE
F7
1 X 2 2 1 2 3 X X X
R 1 GRAY
W 4 GRAY
W 5 GRAY
1 1 2
233
AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING

SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HTR RELAY TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. LOW SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO LOW SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMIANL 1 OF THE BLOWER RESISTOR TERMINAL 2 GROUND AND CAUSES THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. HIGH SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION, THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL HR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FLOWS TO TERMINAL GND OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND TURNS THE HTR RELAY ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT TO TERMIANL 1 OF THE HTR RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 2 OF THE BLOWER MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY (WHICH IS ACTIVATED WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS PUSHED TO HIGH SPEED POSITION) TERMINAL GND GROUND WITHOUT PASSING THROUGH THE BLOWER RESISTOR, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED. 2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL AIR TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 6 TERMINAL AIF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT RECIRC POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL AIF TERMINAL 6 OF THE AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL AIR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
234
3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL IG+ OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. (SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE) THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 8 TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHEN TE DAMPER OPERATES WITH THE A/C SW AT FACE POSITION, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL DEF OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. (SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF) THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL DEF OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 8 OF THE AIR VENT CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL FACE OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION. 4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE COOL SIDE THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY. THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE. WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED TO THE HOT SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR TERMINAL AMH OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL AMC OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO HOT SIDE. 5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE, OUT SIDE AIR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC. WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU. (BUILT IN THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MG CLT RELAY TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL MGCR OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TERMINAL GND GROUND, TURNING THE MG CLT RELAY ON, SO THAT THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. IF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY DETECTS THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, IT STOPS THE AIR CONDITIONING: S EVAPORATOR OUTLET AIR IS TOO LOW. S THERE IS A MARKED DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE COMPRESSOR SPEED AND THE ENGINE SPEED. S THE REFRGIRANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR ABNORMALLY LOW. S THE ENGINE SPEED IS TOO LOW. S RAPID ACCELERATION OCCURS.
235

50A HTR
F10 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
10A HEATER
10A ECUB
1 7 2J WR 3 1W LB J20 1 1 4 5 1 1 1 5 1 B A LB 9 2C A , J21 B 10 1V WR B JUNCTION CONNECTOR J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B WR B B LB 2 1W LB 3 1R
LB
LB 5 2K
HTR RELAY 2 3 1 1
MG CLT RELAY 2 1 3 1 BW
LB
B B LB
WB
LW
LR
LW
LW LW
1 EB1
LR
BW
1 IH1
BW
I4
LR
B2 BLOWER MOTOR BW LR 5 IH1 BY 3 BW
I3
BW 4 B3 BLOWER RESISTOR YW 1
2 A13 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER
2 WB
1 WB
I4 WB WB
WB
2 WB
IH1
YW WB
E3
WB
LB
A A A WB WB WB
WB
EC
II WB
236
YG
FROM DEFOGGER RELAY
BR
FROM RHEOSTAT
23 A RDFG A14
25 A TC A , A15 B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY B 13 A IG+ 26 A MGCR 2 B HR 10 A LOCK 3 A BLW 16 B PSW 9 B AIF 6 A AIR 7 A TPI 7 B SPD 15 A VW FACE 4 A B/L 17 A FOOT 18 A F/D 19 A DEF 20 A
WR
BW
LW
LW
WL
PL
LY
7 IM2 2 EB2 12 IM3
TO SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER]
LO L WR DEF LO 8 WR WB
LR
LB
LY
LB
LY
LB
LB
2 D2 DIODE (A/C) 6 7 5 3
LW LW BW WL A26 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 1 WR
9 IM2 6 IH1 LB
BW YW WL
LW
LR
A28 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
4 FACE
5 B/L
6 FOOT
F/D
A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR
4 M 2 WB
WR
CONTROL CIRCUIT B
YW WB LB LB 2 IG
WB
WB
1 GND
WB
BL 7
BL
237
LR
FROM TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY 5 A SECU A14 A , A15 B
RY
FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU
24 A TELI
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY AMC 8 A AMH 9 A S5 11 A TP 8 B TS 5 B SG 1 A TE 6 B TR 4 B TAM 3 B IGN 16 A AC1 13 B ACT 10 B TW2 14 B GND 14 A
LGB
WR
11 IM3 Y 8 IG1 A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR L W 2 A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR A18 A/C THERMISTOR WR A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR
1 L
WR
I10 9 IG1 L L JUNCTION CONNECTOR F A
WR
A B
A B
WR
A , J19
10 IM3 LGB BO BY V
J18
C A
C A
E A E A E A J20 A , J21
D B D B D B B WR
WR
13 TACH
J28
A , J29
D B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WR
16 A/C
5 ACT
9 THWO
GR
BY
JUNCTION CONNECTOR WARM
E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
COOL
A27 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
10 IM2
WR WB
238
WR
WR
WB
LW
GR
BO
BY
GY
BY
SERVICE HINTS A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 41 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.5 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR 32 KG/CM2 (455 PSI, 3138 KPA) A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH 4GROUND : APPROX. 3.7W A14 (A), A15 (B) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY BGROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS IG+GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION HRGROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSTIION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR PSWGROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AC1GROUND : BELOW 1 VOLT AT START THE ENGINE, OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR +OR MORE VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE. DO NOT OPERATE THE COMPRESSOR BLWGROUND : BELOW 1.5 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR S5SG : 46 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON SGGROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY AMHAMC : 1.31.9 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW OFF AIFGROND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FRESH SW ON AIRGROUND ; APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE RECIRC SW ON FACEGROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE FACE SW ON DEFGROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DEF SW ON GNDGROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION
CODE A1 A3 A4 A13 A14 A A15 B A16 A17 A18 SEE PAGE 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 28 CODE A26 A27 A28 B2 B3 D2 E7 F10 J3 SEE PAGE 28 28 28 28 28 26 28 26 29 CODE J15 J18 A J19 B J20 A J21 B J28 A J29 B SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE 22
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

CODE SEE PAGE 24 20 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B ( (LOWER FINISH PANEL) ) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1R 1V 1W 2C 2J 2K

CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 36 38 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE ENGINE ROOM J/B) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
EB1 EB2 IG1 IH1 IM2 IM3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 36 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
EC II
239
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 38
A1
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE 38 38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS A/C SUB WIRE COWL WIRE
E3 I3
I4 I10
A4 BLACK
DARK GRAY
A3
GRAY
A13 BLACK
1 X
2 4
1 4
A14
A15
A16 BLACK
A17 BLACK
A18
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
13
1 X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X X 13 14 X 16 1 2 2 1 2
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 X X 23 24 25 26
A26 BLACK
A27
A28
B2
B3
BLACK
1 1 X 3 X 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2
X 4 5 6 7 8
D2
ORANGE
E7
F10
J3
3 9 16 X
1 X 5 13 X X
B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J15
J18 A
BLACK
J19
B BLACK
J20
A BLACK
A A A A
A A C C A A B B E E E
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J28 A (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J29 B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
B B D D D X X F F D D X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
240
MEMO
241
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
MEMO
54
J GROUND POINT
ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH WB 10 2J 4 2F 5 2C WB WB
FRONT WIPER MOTOR
FRONT FOG LIGHT RH
WB
I13 WB
EFI RELAY
WB
FRONT TURN SIGNAL AND FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH
WB
I13
WB
WB
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
HTR RELAY
WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW
WB
I13 E3
WB
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
HEADLIGHT RH (LO)
WB
I13 E3
WB
ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR
WB E3 WB WB WB FRONT FOG LIGHT LH
ABS ACTUATOR
(GND2)
WB
WB
(GND1)
WB
E3
WB
FRONT TURN SIGNAL AND FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH
E1 WB
E3 WB
WB
HEADLIGHT LH (LO) WB
(GND3)
WB
E3 WB
2 EA1 WB
WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1
(GND) ABS ECU (GND)
WB
E1 WB
E3
FAN NO. 2 RELAY
WB
E3
WB WB
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
ABS SOL RELAY
WB
E1 WB WB WB WB
(* 1) 2 (*1) DRL NO. 3 RELAY WB (* 1) 2
WB
WB
2 WB (*1) DRL NO. 4 RELAY 2
EB
EA EC
J8 C
A ,J9
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B
A C A
BR
BR
IK3 BR BR 2 IK1 BR BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) BR
BR
A J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR A
(E1) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (E01) (E02) (E03)
BR BR BR
BR
(ADJ2)
BR
I5
I5 BR
BR
3 IL1 BR
COMBINATION METER
BR
BR
IGNITER
BR BR
NOISE FILTER (IGNITION)
ED
EE
55
* 1 : CANADA
COMBINATION METER
RB (* 1)
4 IG1 WB A A A A A A A A A A A A WB J8
WB (*1) A B A B A B A B A B A B A ,J9 B WB (* 1)
C A C A
A B J20 A , J21
WB (*1) B
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW
JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB TRAC OFF SW
WB
WB
WB
ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH
WB
WB
STEERING SENSOR
COMBINATION SW
WB
WB
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
WB
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 1J 3 1M 1 1N 7 1J WB WB UNLOCK WARNING SW (IGNITION KEY) AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
NOISE FILTER
WB
INTEGRATION RELAY
POWER RELAY WB
ABSORBER CONTROL ECU
J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A
WB
WB
ABSORBER CONTROL SW
WB
WB
CIGALETTE LIGHTER
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY
WB
A A WB FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] WB 2 IH1
WB
WB
A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER
WB
A WB
WB
I4
WB
BLOWER RESISTOR
II
WB BR 1 IF3
J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B WB
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH
FUEL SENDER
B CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER BR 20 IO2 BR B WB BR BR
WB
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH
WB
COMBINATION METER
DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
WB
MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]
IJ
IL
56
J GROUND POINT
FUEL LID AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER SW SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU WB A WB
SEAT HEATER SW (DRIVER S SEAT) SEAT HEATER (DRIVER S SEAT)
WB
WB
2 II1
WB
I7 WB
WB
O/D MAIN SW
WB
I8 THEFT DETERRENT ECU WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW WB A
WB
SEAT HEATER SW (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT)
WB WB A
SEAT HEATER (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT)
WB
WB
COMBINATION METER
RHEOSTAT
WB
WB
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
CLOCK
WB
WB IG
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH WB
WB
B14
WB
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH WB
WB
B14
WB
A HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT) WB A A WB ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH
WB (* 5)
1 BS1
WB (*5)
WB (*5)
BUCKLE SW
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH WB (* 4)
WB
9 BQ1
WB
WB
FUEL PUMP
B16
WB (* 4)
8 BS2
WB (*4)
WB
CELLULAR PHONE (HAND SET)
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORT CONTROL)
WB (* 4)
J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BN
WB
BUCKLE SW
WB (* 4)
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH
WB
B13
WB
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR
WB
B13
WB
WB
B13
WB
WB
B13 WB
WB
WB
BP
57
* 2 : W/ MOON ROOF * 3 : W/O MOON ROOF
* 4 : W/ DRIVING POSITION MEMORY * 5 : W/O DRIVING POSITION MEMORY
B 3 1N 4 1V WB WB B 4 : *2 B 2 : *3 3 1F 7 1G 3 1V WB B 4 : *2 B 2 : *3 WB 20 IE2 WB B B
WB
DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
WB
WB
POWER OUTLET WB
WB
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH
WB
PERSONAL LIGHT
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
WB
VANITY LIGHT LH
WB
WB
MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
WB (*2)
B4
MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]
WB
VANITY LIGHT RH
WB
B2
ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH
IF B6 WB (* 2) WB WB WB 9 BR1 WB DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH
WB MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW (*2) WB (*2)
B2
B2
B6 WB
WB
1 BT1
WB
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER S SEAT)
WB
WB
BQ
IM
BO
IK
BR (*4) BR (*4)
B16 BR
BR (*4)
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER S SEAT)
SEAT MEMORY SW
B16 (*4) BR
POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)
BR (*4)
B16 (* 4) BR
BR (*4)
POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)
POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)
BR (*4)
B16 (*4) BR
BR (*4)
POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (DRIVER S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)
9 BS2 (*4) BR IH
58
J GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE J8 A J9 B J15 J16 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 29 CODE J20 A J21 B J24 J36 SEE PAGE 29 29 29 30 CODE J37 J38 SEE PAGE 30 30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE 22 23 23
1 2 3
CODE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 2 R/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 R/B (RADIATOR UPPER SUPPORT RH)

SEE PAGE 24 24
1F 1G 1J 1M 1N 1V 2C 2F 2J
CODE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ROOF WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B (LOWER FINISH PANEL)
24
20 20 SEE PAGE 34 36 36 36 36 38 38 38 38 40 40 42 42
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN NO. 3 WIRE (BEHIND HEADLIGHT LH) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT SIDE OF INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B) COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER) FLOOR NO. 3 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE CONSOLE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR) FLOOR WIRE AND SEAT NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVERS SEAT) NO. FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND SEAT NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT PASSENGERS SEAT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS EA1 IE2 IF3 IG1 IH1 II1 IK1 IK3 IL1 I02 BQ1 BR1 BS1 BS2 BT1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 34 34 34 36 36 36 36 36 36 40 40 40 40 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT LEFT RADIATOR SIDE SUPPORT SURGE TANK RH REAR SIDE OF SURGE TANK COWL SIDE PANEL LH LEFT KICK PANEL INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH COWL SIDE PANEL RH RIGHT KICK PANEL UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR UNDER THE RIGHT CENTER PILLAR BACK PANEL CENTER ROOF LEFT
EA EB EC ED EE IF IG IH II IJ IK IL IM BN BO BP BQ
59
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE 34 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE A/C SUB WIRE ENGINE WIRE 38 FLOOR NO 3 WIRE NO. CODE SEE PAGE 38 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ROOF WIRE FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE 40 FLOOR WIRE 42 SEAT NO. 1 WIRE
E1 E3 I4 I5 I7 I8
I13 B2 B6 B13 B14 B16
J 8 A GRAY
J 9 B GRAY
J15
J16 ORANGE
A A A A A A A C C C A A A A A A B B B A A A
A A
A A A
A A
A A A A A A A A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J20 A BLACK (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J21 B BLACK J24
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
J36
A A C C A A
A A
A A A A A A A
B B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J37 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) J38
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
A A A A
A A
B B B B B
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
60
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
1 ES300 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
P ow er Source
2 3 4
Starting
Ignition
C harging
BG
W * 1 : USA * 2 : Canada BY
ACC 2 AM1 IG1 4
BG
7 AM2 BR R BR BR ST2 8
IG2 6
BY
BR
WR 4 1K 8 1T 3 1K
5A STARTER
2 1K
W C7 5A IGN A ,C8 B 3 1J BR BW 8 1C CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] To Engine Control Module < 32> 5 12 IK3 11 IK2 BR 1 30A AM2 40A MAIN ST RELAY BW 3 B A J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 11 2J B A BR BR 1 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 6 GR 1 A 3 2B 5 2D 9 2K 2 B
I13 IGNITION SW
5 1K
2 B
1 1K 1
5 1B
10A GAUGE 10 A 2 1J
60A ABS 2
WR
40A AM1
BG
3 2C
4 2L
1 1B
5A ALTS
To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)< 51>
BR
4 IG2
RL
See ABS System< 201> See ABS and Traction Control System< 191>
J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BW BW
1 D P GR C N WB BR F 1 IG2
BG A 1 WB 5 I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 I4 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 2 L 10 IK2 2 IGC3 IGF 4 IGT3 5 WR 2 Y 1 IGC2 IGT2 6 LGB 2 10 GR S1 J8 STARTER 1 A A ,J9 1 B C B A ,S2 B IGT1 7 BRY GR To Engine Control Module<210 To Theft Deterrent ECU < 123 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GR B B A B A B A GR GR To Engine Control Module<28> To Bulb Check Relay [Comb. Meter]<265>
1 2A
(*2)
1 F
1 A
BR
2 F
BR
(*2)
A BR
A BR
BR
J18
1 C
B A A , J19 1 Y (* 1)
B A
4 IM2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
F6
A ,F8
100A ALT
F9
D , F11
N1 NOISE FILTER (Ignition)
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
B B 2 G 9 IGC1 GND 3 I2 IGNITER +B 6 EB2 Y RL (*2)
BG
BR
FL MAIN 3. 0W
BR
1 B L BR G1 A ,G2 GENERATOR B B IG S Rear side of surge tank EE A B B BG 1 2 3 W
BATTERY
K
( Cont. next page )
G C D H A B E F LW GR GR BR BY BY BY BR BR W J I
TE1
+B E1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
LW From Absorber Control ECU< 222> From ABS and Traction ECU<> 194> From ABS ECU<203> To ABS SOL Relay < 194 < 203> 8
BY 12 3 BR
16
TS
RY
RL 23
(*1)
TC
LGR 11
*1:Short Pin
From ABS ECU <203> From ABS and Traction ECU <192>
GB 22 WA
From Cruise Control ECU<21>2> From Airbag Sensor Assembly < 23>3> From ABS and Traction ECU < 194>> From Absorber Control ECU< 222> From ABS ECU< 203>
WB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR C
14
10
RL
A ,J9
TRC
17
E ngine C ontrol
(SHIELDED)
J8 CG WB 4
A ,J9
B 8 1J 7 1J WB WB A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B A A
16
10A GAUGE 2 1D 1 1K RL D D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
C10 MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER] 10 IJ1 3 IK1 RL 3 5 GR GR GR
BY
5 EB2
3 IK2
CIR OPN RELAY 1 1 BR 2 1 GR
4 EB2
7 ID1
12 IK3
8 1C
5A IGN
BR
BR
7 1W
3 1K
BR
BR
EFI RELAY BR 2 2J Left radiator side support BATTERY EC BY 5 3
BY
10 2C
BR
IG1 4
IG2 6
ACC
ST2
7 2K
I13 IGNITION SW
5 2C
WB
F19 FUEL PUMP
WB
15A EFI 8 2J BY
2 AM1
P ow er S ource
7 AM2
4 2F
WB
WB
F6 30A AM2
A ,F8
C , F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 5 1K 5 1B 1 2A 4 2L WR W WR B
40A AM1 1 1B 2 1K 2 F W BR BR BR FL MAIN 3. 0W 2 1
1 C
2 ES300
10 1J
4 1B
7. 5A OBD
1 F
1 A
BR
BR
100A ALT
BG
BN
LB
LB
LB
WB
Under the left center pillar
GR
GR
II
BAT
Instrument panel brace LH
SIL
SG
W 3
BR 5
BR
E1
From ABS and Traction ECU < 192>
BR
J8
From ABS and Traction ECU < 194> From ABS ECU< 203>
ABS
A/D
From Cruise Control ECU < 212>
From Airbag Sensor Assembly<233> From Cruise Control ECU< 212> From ABS and Traction ECU< 194> From Absorber Control ECU< 223> From ABS ECU< 203>
AB
LG 5
From Airbag Sensor Assembly< 233>
TC
P 15
From Absorber Control ECU < 223>
TEM
BR
LGR 4
2 ES300 (Cont d)
(
Cont. next page )
E ngine C ontrol
6 7 8 BY
W A
B BR A BR BR BR BR BR BR A A A A A A
BY J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BR
LW
From Igniter < 12> <13>
From ABS and Traction ECU<192> 2
To A/C Control Assembly< 278>
To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]< 262>
From A/C Control Assembly< 278>
I6 INJECTOR NO. 1
I7 INJECTOR NO. 2
I8 INJECTOR NO. 3
I9 INJECTOR NO. 4
I10 INJECTOR NO. 5
I11 INJECTOR NO. 6
BY 1 1 1 1 1 1
RL
BY V
GR
WR
BRY
BRW
LGB
LGB
VW
LW
23 A +B E7 W 3 B LG PB YB RY GR GR YG WR RW 18 C 17 A 18 A 6 B 8 B 12 B 2 B 23 D 22 D FC HTS OXS ACIS TPC EGR EVP1 RSO RSC A ,E8 B ,E9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE HTR 11 B LB TC BATT #10 # 20 # 30 # 40 #50 # 60 SIL SPD A/C ACT
BY 5 B 14 A 10 D 9 D 8 D 7 D 6 D 5 D 8 A 12 A 16 A 5 A 9 A
BY
19 A THWO NEO
26 A EFI+
25 A EFI
28 A TRC+
27 A TRC
12 D IGF
15 D IGT3
16 D IGT2
24 D IGT1
BY
OXR1 13 C
HTL 10 B YR
OXL1 19 C
ADJ2 1 D BR
E1 16 B BR
E03 28 D BR
E02 33 D BR
E01 34 D BR
J28 B 2 2 2 2 1 3 (SHIELDED) V5 VSV(EVAP) V4 VSV(EGR) 1 HT 1 1 1 1 +B 2 BR BY 4 BY BY BY BY BY E1 OX 3 I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE V7 VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor) V6 VSV(Intake Air Control) 2 A A A A A A A BY BR 2 IK1 6 BR IK3 BR BR A A A
A , J29
B B
B B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
B A
B A
1 HT +B BY BY BY 2
3 OX E1 4 BR
1 HT +B 2
3 OX E1 4
H10 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
9 IK3
BY
BR
BY
BY
BY BR
BR
BR
A A BR BR BR BR A A A BR BR BR A A A A BR J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Rear side of surge tank EE BR BR B C A
GR
GR
J BR
BY
Surge tank RH
ED
12
BO
To Tachometer[Comb. Meter] < 262>
TACH
13 A
J28
A , J29
JUNCTION CONNECTOR 11
24 A
From Stop Light SW < 64>
GW
STP
E n gine C on trol
2 A
From MIRRORHEATER Fuse< 181>
BY
3 A
From TAIL Fuse < 62>
GO
ELS
ELS2
1 IK2
CF
9 B
GW
GW
D B
F A
BO
D B
F A
BO
To Absorber Control ECU < 225> To A/C Control Assembly < 278>
BO
From FAN NO. 1 Relay < 183>
P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW PS 31 D BL 1 8 IK2 GR GR From Park/Neutral Position SW< 12 (SHIELDED) BW C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR L L 2 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 W 1 K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 W (SHIELDED) 1 2 BR BR D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NE+ 5 C BR (SHIELDED) 1 BR W (SHIELDED) 2 EC1 4 EC1 1 EC1 W 3 EC1 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) BW
22 C 20 C
BR 1 2 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR 1 2 E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR 2 3
GB
THW
E2
BR
STA G22+ NE C , E10 B ,E9 KNKR KNKL E7 A ,E8
BR
14 B
GY
THG
10
BR
BR
E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR PTNK E2 BR 1
15 B
VCC
Y 3
BR
V1 VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR BR VTA VC 2 E2 1 Y
1 C
BR
7 C
L 3
VTA1
VC
13 B
LR 2
PTNK
T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 7 B RB 2 3 E2G
2 ES300 (Cont d)
M1 MASS AIR FLOW METER BY BR B BR C
8 C
VG
21 C
14 C
LY 1
THA
15 C
6 C
WG
EGLS
17 C
13 D
3 ES300
P o w er S ourc e 2
RL RL RL BR BY D A J28 BY F B A LL RL 4 Y BR LW 3 10 9 R 2L DL NL 5A IGN RL BR IK2 5 IK2 7 1W Y RL E BR BY E LW 8 2J RB GW RB See Engine Control System < 29> <210> <211> J28 C A C A From Cruise Control ECU< 214 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y E LW 2 1D 6 IK2 9 IK2 2 10A GAUGE 3 1K J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL 8 RB PL 7 1 1K 1 1J A C JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B 2 3 4 P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]
E lec tronically C on trolle d T ransmiss ion and A /T Indicator
ACC
2 AM1
IG1 4
GW
WR 7 AM2
IG2 6
ST2
1 IL1
3 IK3
4 IK2
5 1K
I13 IGNITION SW
RB
GW
BR
GW
2 1K
W D 5 Y From STARTER Fuse< 12> EFI RELAY D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RL YB LR 3 A , J29 16 IJ1 Y 13 BW 2 2J Y LW BY RB A B B 3 D 14 A BATT E7 +B 23 A LB BY 2 C 3 D 27 D 11 D 17 D 4 C 9 C SLN SLN+ SL S1 S2 NC2 NC2+ E1 16 B A ,E8 B ,E9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE E03 28 D E01 34 D E02 33 D OD2 6 D GO NSW VC VTA1 THW E2 L 2 R OD1 14 D 1 C 7 C 20 C 22 C 1 A 10 A 15 A 7 A 11 A IDLO L BY WB 9 B O/D OFF J28 A G V PL WL BY J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A R 5 B GO 11 IJ1 C GO C 2 BR BR BR BR C 2 1 A A A BR 4 BR O2 O/D MAIN SW LB B B A LB 4 SLN Y B W R L BY SLN+ SL S1 S2 1 2 3 6 A , J29 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GO V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Electronically Controlled Transmission) J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB From Cruise Control ECU< 213 WB Left radiator side support E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID Rear side of surge tank EE ED Surge tank RH
5 1B
B B D A B
4 2L
WR
7 2K
To Seat Position Control ECU < 151>
40A AM1
30A AM2
15A EFI
BR
LW
5 1V
IJ1 LW
14 IJ1 R BR
10 1H RB
15 IJ1 GW
1 1B
1 2A
5 2C
4 2F
1 F
C , F11
1 A
BR
10 B
2 C D
1 C
14 B
12 B
WB
BR
BR
1 F
1 C
F6
A ,F8
100A ALT
15 B
C8
B ,C9
C , C10 COMBINATION METER
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
WB A A WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
WB
BATTERY
EC
IG
Left kick panel
4 ES300
P ow er S ource H e ad ligh t(U S A)

2 3 4
Front F og Light
BR
2 4 4 1B 15A HEAD (LH) 3 8 2K RB 6 2G RB RW RB R R RW RW E B E B E B B C B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R (Canada) 1 A A RW A A 4 IM3 R 5 J20 A , J21 B 5 2G 8 2C 2 2G 5 2J LY (USA) RB 3 2G 4 2G RW 1 1C 2 15A HEAD (RH) 1 HEAD RELAY
40A MAIN
15A FOG
3 2B
J18
A , J19
JUNCTION CONNECTOR D A 2 RW 3 IG1 RW D A D A 8 H HU T HF HL RW (USA) J10 A , J11 1 2 1 RB D A
From HLP LH (LWR) Fuse < 54>
1 F RY 13 EL
1 A C A
BR To Theft Deterrent ECU< 123> 3 B 3 RB RB WB WB 2 3 2 RB H3 HEADLIGHT RH(HI) H1 HEADLIGHT LH(HI) H4 HEADLIGHT RH(LO) H2 HEADLIGHT LH(LO) To Automatic Light Control Sensor< 102> 4 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B RW 3 C HEAD HIGH BEAM 7 B C8 J31 C A 5 C RB 15 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB A , J32 4 IG1 A B A B B 16 17 7 A RB RB A RB RL WB A WB A WB 8 1J Instrument panel brace LH II 7 1J J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB A EC WB Left radiator side support EA WB Right radiator side support IG
F12 FRONT FOG LIGHT RELAY 2 B 3
I15
BR
2 F
BR
INTEGRATION RELAY
RW
RB
1 C
J31 11 B ,C9 COMBINATION METER B
A , J32 JUNCTION C B CONNECTOR
100A ALT
OFF
LIGHT CONTROL SW
TAIL
HEAD
OFF ON
F6
A ,F8
C ,
LFG BFG C11 FRONT FOG LIGHT SW [COMB. SW]
F11
LOW
A A 10 RW
A A
DIMMER SW
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
HIGH
RW
FLASH
RL
RL
(USA)
(Canada)
C11 COMBINATION SW
F1 FRONT FOG LIGHT LH
F2 FRONT FOG LIGHT RH
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
To Combination SW< 53>
WB
WB
BATTERY
Right radiator side support
Left radiator side support
EC
EA

WB RL 2 WB
WR WR WR
5A DRL NO. 2
DRL NO. 3 RELAY 2 RG To Front Fog Light Relay < 43> RG
H4 HEADLIGHT RH(LO) WB 2 3 WB
WB
10A HLP RH(LWR) 2 R
H2 HEADLIGHT LH(LO) R 2 WB 3
WR
10A HLP LH(LWR)
RB
C B
H3 HEADLIGHT RH(HI) RW 2 1
RB
2 2G
RY
WB
WB
RW
J20
DRL NO. 4 RELAY
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
RB
A A
A , J21
3 IG1
5 2G
RL 1 2
RB J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RW
H e adlight(C anada)
15A HEAD(LH) 4 2G
RW D 3 5
C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATIOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]
RG
RL
DRL NO. 2 RELAY
RB
8 EB2
3 2G
E B
RB
RY
HL
HU
17
RL
8 2K
E B
D A
E B
16
E B
D A
3 B
4 B
To Automatic Light Control Sensor<102>
13
C11 COMBINATION SW A A B A
7 2C
HI DRL
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
3 2B
RY 8
A ,J9
40A MAIN
J20 1 1W 7 1V 12 2J 7 +B R R
A , J21
JUNCTION CONNECTOR E A B C A WB 6 WB
7. 5A DOME
1 2A
BRK
SHORT PIN RL D D J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL 1
RW 10
From Brake Warning Light [Comb. Meter]< 265> To Parking Brake SW< 265>
PKB
1 1K
1 1J
IG
RW 4
BY
10A GAUGE
CHG
Y 5
From Generator< 14>
ACC
IG1 4
D5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (Main)
P ow er S ource
I13 IGNITION SW
F6 40A AM1
A ,F8
C , F11
C A
WB
2 AM1
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1B 2 F BATTERY BR BR 100A ALT
2 1K
5 ES300
1 C
1 A
1 F
BR
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
RB
J8
OFF
RG
LIGHT CONTROL SW
TAIL
J18
A , J19
DIMMER SW
FLASH
HEAD
HIGH
LOW
A A
4 IG1
RB
RY
WB
HEAD RELAY
RB
INTEGRATION RELAY
RB
EL
I15
HF
RB
RB
WB
8 1J
7 1J
To Theft Deterrent ECU< 123>
From Front Fog Light SW[Comb. SW]< 44>
WB
H1 HEADLIGHT LH(HI)
15A HEAD(RH)
II
WB RW
EC
WB
WB
RB
WB
EA
RW 1 2 2 2
7 EB2
RY
RW
K
2 1H J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 WB 1 WB WB WB WB WB WB WB A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 1J WB A BATTERY Instrument panel brace LH A , F11 F 1 A BG FL MAIN 3. 0W 100A ALT II WB J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J Left radiator side support A EC WB EA WB Right radiator side support A BN WB J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar Back panel center WB 4 3 WB 4 3 WB WB WB 16 BP WB 3 WB Under the BN left center pillar WB A 2 1 STOP ST GR 2 GR TAIL REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] G 2 5 IF3 7 A YG YG 4 IL L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR R6 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH STOP GR 3 TAIL G G 2 WB 11 R9 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] G R7 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] G 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 C11 COMBINATION SW HEAD TAIL LIGHT CONTROL SW OFF 2 1 1 1 1 GND T G 9 R13 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH G WB R12 REAR SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH G WB L3 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH GB L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH GB B A F4 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH GO F3 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH GO B A 14 T G H EL G GB G GB A , J32 B 3 C B C B GO I15 B INTEGRATION RELAY 2 B 1 B GR C C GR C C To Automatic Light Control Sensor< 102> To Theft Deterrent ECU<123> 15A STOP To Wireless Door Lock ECU< 117> 4 1B 1 F BR BR BR 1 F BR 1 1B B B GO To Engine Control Module< 211> F6 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK JUNCTION CONNECTOR J31 T+ GB 8 IG GW To Shift Lock Control ECU< 244> GW To Seat Position Control ECU< 152>
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
H11 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT R
4 1R
2 1S
HS
ST+
GW
GW
GW
S top Lig ht
5 1R
To ABS and Traction ECU< 194> To ABS ECU < 203> To Engine Control Module< 211> To Absorber Control ECU< 223> 4
GW A A
GW
GW A J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
R8 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH
GW A GW A
10A GAUGE
2 RL 1D
3 D RL GB
RL D D
1 1K
T aillight
1 1S
BY
8 1S
C7
A , C10
A , J19 10A TAIL 9 1C 5 3 IG1 4 6 1C GR C 1 ACC TAILLIGHT RELAY I13 IGNITION SW 2 GR A A GR GO P o w e r S o u rc e 2 AM1 1 7 1C W
B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
6 ES300
2 1K
40A AM1
BR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J18
7 ES300
P ow e r S o urce Illumination
2 4 BR G 3
*1: Canada
4 1B G 1 G 5
4 1J
ACC TAILLIGHT RELAY
2 AM1
IG1 4
BY
7. 5A PANEL G G J12 5 1D JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B G A B A B G A , J13 B
2 3
I13 IGNITION SW
1 1K See Taillight System<61>
J20
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
D A A , J21
D A
D A
2 1K G G G G 3 G II1
W 10A GAUGE A A G A A A A A A A A G RL D RL 1 5 1 2 1 1 8 2 G 6 3 3 9 WG 3 9
E B B
E B
2 1D
40A AM1
12 6 H9 HAZARD SW
1 1B
G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT
C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
S4 SEAT HEATER SW (Front Passenger s Seat) B G
S3 SEAT HEATER SW (Driver s Seat) G B
A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW 5
R2 RADIO AND PLAYER
O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] B G
R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW B
1 F 2 D (* 1) BR B B D TAIL 1 D (* 1) 2 2 6 3 3
1 A B BR 15 B To A/C Control Assembly< 276 WB WB
BR RL G GW R5 RHEOSTAT 7 RL T 1 ILL TC TR COMBINATION METER 8 B C8 B , C10 D IG G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW B J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B BR WB A A WB Left kick panel
BR
1 2
BR
BR
2 F
BR
F6
A , F11
D B 1 II1
D B
D B
FL MAIN 3. 0W
100A ALT
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
B B E A J5 C B C B C B B E A J18 A , J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B
WB
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
BG
A ,J6
6 1V B B A B 4 1H B B B A B A
IG
WB
BATTERY
*2: w/o Moon Roof
*1: w/Moon Roof
R D8 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT RH R RG 2 D7 DOOR COURTESY LIGHT FRONT LH R RG 2 1 1
L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT RY 1 2
RY 2 RG From Seat Position Control ECU< 152> From Theft Deterrent ECU <123> D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH RG 1 D11 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH 9 IP1 RW D12 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH 1 D10 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH RG 1 L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 7 IP1 1 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB 3 1V 3 1F WB WB WB WB (* 1) BG FL MAIN 3. 0W BATTERY Roof left BQ IF Cowl side panel LH Instrument panel brace LH II
17 IO2
18 IO2
R 4 A
RG J10 RG A , J11 B From Theft Deterrent ECU< 122> From Automatic Light Control ECU< 102>
17 IE2
18 IE2
E A
E B
R A
E A
C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] R A 8 A 6 RW
11 1H
RW
1 1G
RG
E B
RG
7 1S
RG
12 1S
RB
Interior Light
J34 3 From Theft Deterrent ECU< 122>
A , J35
B RW RG
E B
D A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR RW
D6 DIODE (Courtesy)
D A
4 1G
RW
6 A
E A
7 1J
WB
10
INTEGRATION RELAY
2 1F
RW ON OFF 1 DOOR R I16 INTERIOR LIGHT RW 2
I14
8 1G
P5
A , B
PERSONAL LIGHT
9 1S
R 1 2 1
WB
V9 VANITY LIGHT RH R 1 2 WB
1 1W
5 1F
2 1M
P ow er S ource
I12 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R GR 1 2
7. 5A DOME
1 1M
V8 VANITY LIGHT LH
F6 SHORT PIN
A ,F8
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 2A 1 C 1 A B
8 ES300
12 2J
2 B (* 2)
1 A (* 1)
1 B (* 2)
2 A (* 1)
D B
RG
J34
A , J35
From Wireless Door Lock ECU< 117>
E B
D A
E A
RW
RW 1
RG 2
From Theft Deterrent ECU<122>
E A
RG
E A
RY
9 ES300
P ow er S ourc e T urn Sig nal an d H azard W arn ing Light 2

B
B ac kU p Light 3 4
ACC BY 1 1K 1 2A
2 AM1
IG1 4
AM2 10A GAUGE 7. 5A TURN 10A HAZARD
IG2
GR
2 1K W 6 2 TR LH OFF 5 RH 1 GY GY D D GY 6 1H 5 1A GB 11 1S 8 1H 6 1S 2 1A D J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GY GB GB 2 8 1V T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER RELAY 3 1 3 GB GW GR 4 1 2 TL TB TR TL B2 GB H9 HAZARD SW 7 TB B1 F OFF ON C11 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]
W 2 1L RL IK2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D F RL A B 2 1 1J 3 2K J28 A , J29 B RL A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 2 GY 10 1C 8 P1 BACKUP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] RL RB J31 B GB B GB 11 LH B 2 GB J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GY 3 IK3 D B 13 2 RH RB A , J32 RB B F A 1 15 WB JUNCTION CONNECTOR GY 1 EB2 1 C C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] WB J28 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C 13 1S R15 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH GY WB R14 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH GB WB 3 WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB WB 2 3 5 1V F3 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH GB 2 F4 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH GY WB A WB J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II EC RB Left radiator side support Left kick panel IG BP Back panel center EA Right radiator side support
ST2
I13 IGNITION SW
40A AM1
1 1B
1 F
1 A
BR
BR
2 F
BR
F6
A ,F8
RB
RB
100A ALT
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
1 C
R7 BACKUP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
3 WB
3 WB
R9 BACKUP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
WB
BATTERY
A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN
10 ES300
P o w er S ourc e 2
LW R LW
A utomatic Ligh t C ontrol 3 4
Ligh t A uto T urn O ff
F uel Lid a nd Luggage C o mpa rtment D oor O p ener
ACC C B C B IG1 4 BY J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1K A A 1 1W A , J35 B
2 AM1
LW
12 2J 8 1G R 3 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R A32 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR 1 1 B 2 B 3 B 4 B 7 BF
R LW 10A GAUGE 15A ECUIG See Headlight System<41>< 52> See Tillight System<61> A 8 1D A 2 B BR 1 IG LF 2 LL 4 RW T 7 6 RL 10 RB GR RG 5 3 6 I15 H CTY A
I13 IGNITION SW
7. 5A DOME B INTEGRATION RELAY 7 1S 1 IG1 B B WB F RL WB J34 8 1J 7 1J 6 IF1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 RW B A F A OFF TAIL HEAD AUTO 16 A WB H T EL RB 12 GR B C , See Interior Light System< 83> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH< 84 10 IG1 GR 7 IJ1 LIGHT CONTROL SW 1 M 2 RB F18 FUEL LID OPENER MOTOR C11 COMBINATION SW J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB WB WB From HEAD Relay < 42>< 52> From Taillight Relay < 61> J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A II Instrument panel brace LH Back panel center BP
1 1D
2 1K
BL 5 R 2 L1 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MAIN SW WB 1 LY
25A DOOR
SHORT PIN
40A AM1
1 2A
4 1B
1 1B
BR
BR
BR
1 C
WB
1 A
1 F
BR
2 F
BR
LW
F6
A ,F8
14 B T3 TSW A ,T4 TO 2 A B
1 A +B2 E 4 A
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
100A ALT
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
BG
WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A WB A WB
2 IF1 L
FL MAIN 3. 0W
1 M
BATTERY
L7 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPENER MOTOR Left kick panel IG
11 ES300
(Cont. next page )
P ow er S ource 2
3 4 R
D o or Lock C ontrol
A BR
BR BY ACC LW IG1 4 BY C B BR J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10A GAUGE C A I14 7 INTEGRATION RELAY A 3 A 15A ECUIG JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 B J5 A ,J6 B B B B B 1 1K 8 1D
BR
12 2J
R A A LW 1 A BR 17 A LY LG G LY 16 A 9 A 25 A LB 12 A LR 7 A E D A A A A E E LG LG C B LY LB LR LY C B LY G G B D D LB LR J10 A , J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A C A B A C A C A J12 A , J13 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 12 IO2 13 IO2 12 IE2 13 IE2 C B LB B B LR C B B B LG LG G G C BR 2 IF3 LY LR 7 IF3 4 1 3 3 4 6 IF3 3 IP1 LB LY 1 IP1 LB 2 IP1 LR LB C LR From Theft Deterrent ECU <123> LOCK 4 BQ1 5 BQ1 10 BQ1 4 BR1 LY LB LR LY 10 BR1 LB 5 BR1 LOCK UNLOCK 3 IO1 7 IO1 LB LR 1 LR D15 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT RH 2 1 2 3 1 M UNLOCK P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW FRONT LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] 3 2 3 2 1 WB WB M M D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 9 BQ1 WB WB 4 D18 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH 9 BR1 B WB A WB J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN Under the right center pillar BO WB WB B B WB 20 IO2 IM Right kick panel IL Right kick panel WB 4 4
2 AM1
I13 IGNITION SW
See Power Window System < 131>
LW
7. 5A DOME
1 1D
2 1K
25A DOOR
40A AM1
SHORT PIN
LR
1 2A
4 1B
1 1B
BR
BR
BR
1 C
1 A
1 F
BR
2 F
BR
J33 JUNCTION C CONNECTOR C
F6
A ,F8
100A ALT
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
11 IO2
From Theft Deterrent ECU< 123>
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
WB WB D B J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB
BATTERY
13 IM3
IJ1
YB 2 3 3
LG W7 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER VOLUME SW C A GW
LG
9 IM3
IJ1
LG 2
BUZZER
W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK BUZZER
W ireles s D oo r Lo ck C ontrol
From Theft Deterrent ECU < 122> 2 IF2 GW 2 L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR KEY UNLOCK SW WB A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 1 WB
A B
W8 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB 1
C A
B B
RW 14
J10 A , J11 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR To Door Courtesy SW < 83>
B A
LB 10
LB
To Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key)< 143>
A ,J6
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J5
J34 A , J35 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR LW A B 8 15 R
A A
RG 7
10 IG1
B B
B A
GR 4
GR
GR
From Taillight Relay <61>
4 IO2
LW A
LW 2
LOCK WB 1
7 1J
WB
3 IO2
20 A
L A A
L 3 UNLOCK
10
LW
RG
LW
D o or L ock Co ntrol
4 IE2
8 1G
18 A
RG LR B From Theft Deterrent ECU<122>
UNLOCK
INTEGRATION RELAY
11 IE2
5 A
LR F F J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
LR
LR 4
WB 1 B B B
11 ES300(Cont d )
I14
8 IE1
11 A
LB 3 M
3 IE1
LR
LR 2 D16 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH
WB
WB
BR
LR
WB
IE2
20
LR
D13 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
1 1W
3 IE2
19 A
RG B B
RG
RG 3
WB
WB
1G
LW
LW
LW
LW
LOCK
1V
WB
IF
Cowl side panel LH
D14 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
II
WB
BR 13 R 11
LR
Left kick panel
IG
WB
BP
GW
GW
Back panel center
14 B
TSW
DSWH
3 IM1
1 IJ1
4 B
6 A
IND
10 B
4 IJ1
From HORN Relay <144>
11 IG1
GB B
GB
HORN
RY
RY
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
J10
7 IJ1
F A
T heft D eterren t S y stem
D B
8 A
From HEAD Relay<42> <53>
RB
RB
RB
HEAD
4 A
9 A
DSWL
10 IG1
7 A
LSWR
GR
GR B
GR B J34 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
TAIL
From Taillight Relay< 61>
10A HORN
LSWP
18 B
LY
6 IF2
5 B
From ST Relay <12>
WB
SRLY
RY
RY
To Luggage Compartment Light SW< 84>
To Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH, RH< 112>
4 IM1
5 IJ1
3 2F
3 A
SH
W 2
WL 1
WL
WL
B THEFT DETERRENT ECU
17 B
To Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH< 114> To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH <116> To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH, RH<116>
UL2
L2
A A
A B
J5
A ,J6
11 B
+B1
6 B
T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN
8 B
LW
SHORT PIN 1 2A 1 2
7. 5A DOME 1 1W 12 2J 8 1G R
A ,T 4
LSWD
7 B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
UL3
RG
To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH <115> To Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH< 115>
T3
LUG
16 B
LR
1 A
+B2
LW J35 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 15A CIG 6 1K 1 1T
LW
DSWP
9 B
GW
To Luggage Compartment Door Key Unlock SW< 118>
1 B
RG
To Door Courtesy SW Front RH< 83> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH Rear LH, RH <83> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH <84> LB B J10 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B To Unlock Warning SW (Ignition Key)<143>
CTY
DSWD
KSW
2 B
13 B
PL A A
PL
ACC
3 B
RW
RG
8 1D
1 1K
C A
B B
12 B
IG
LR
BY
15A ECUIG
ACC 3
IG1 4
J5 A ,J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
P ow er S ource
2 AM1
I13 IGNITION SW
F6 40A AM1
15 B
BR
BR
LB
A ,F8
C , F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1B BR BR BR
2 1K
2 F
1 1D
4 1B
1 F
LW
BR
BR
12 ES300
25A DOOR 1 C 1 A B BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
BATTERY
100A ALT
IG
WB
WB
Left kick panel
A , J11
EC
WB
2 A
TO
See Fuel Lid and Luggage Compartment Door Opener System< 104>
E5 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
13 ES300
Power Source P ow er W indow

2 3 4
RB BR
5 1G 10 IE1 1 L
4 1B
12 1G
ACC
2 AM1
IG1 4
25A DOOR
BY 30A POWER 2 BW DRIVER S 1 UP UP DOWN DOWN POWER RELAY RB 2 PU 12 GW 10 1 1D 7 1J L L 11 IE1 GW 3 1S 13 1G 3 PD 5 RL 5 FRONT PASSENGER S UP 7 P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
2 1K
W WINDOW LOCK SW 3 A WB 6 A 1 A 1 R G WB LW LW 6 13 E DU DD 5 IE1 RL
I13 IGNITION SW
1 1K
REAR LH UP
REAR RH
DOWN
DOWN
10A GAUGE
40A AM1
RLU 10 GY
RLD 9 RY
RRU 11 GB
RRD 14 RB
I14
INTEGRATION RELAY
1 1B
7 IE1 GY
9 IE1 RY
6 IE1 GB
12 IE1 RB
1 F
1 A 20 IE2 WB 5 B
BR J34 L J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A A B A A A , J35 B L JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B WB 6 IO1 L 7 1G R G WB 3 1V A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II Cowl side panel LH P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH IF WB 1 M P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH 2
BR
BR
7 1S
BR
2 F
BR
10 IP1
2 IF2 L
5 IF2
6 IP1 GB
8 IP1 RB
GY
RY
F6
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
A , F11
See Interior Light System<82 <83
100A ALT
4 IO1 GW
5 IO1 RL
1 BQ1 L
2 BQ1 GY
3 BQ1 RY
1 BR1 L
2 BR1 GB
3 BR1 RB
4 SU
1 SD 5 B
4 SU
1 SD 5 B
4 SU
1 SD
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
DOWN
DOWN
DOWN
U 2 G 2 M
UP
UP
UP
D 3 R 1 P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH
U 2 G 2 M
D 3 R 1 P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH
U 2 G 2 M
D 3 R 1 P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH
P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH
P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH
BATTERY
14 ES300
P ow er S ource
B BY RB 1 2A 4 1B 1 1K 1 1 10A GAUGE 2 10A HORN 30A POWER 2 1 1 1D 2 1D RL 7. 5A DOME J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D RL 12 2J C7 A , C10 D J34 M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY C B 3 D JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J35 5 1G A A 5 RW RB GND LW 2 3 3 A 1 A 7 L R G RL GW WB 2 9 7 4 3 5 1 3 1T LIMIT SW2 MOTOR IG I14 LIMIT SW1 MOTOR+ 1 8 A GW GB B SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 3 25A DOOR SHORT PIN * 1 : w/ Driving Position Memory * 2 : w/o Driving Position Memory 2 B 3 4
M o on R oof
U nlock an d S eat B e lt W arning H orn
ACC
2 AM1
IG1 4
ST1
AM2
IG2
2 1K LW
W D 10 2K R POWER RELAY A INTEGRATION RELAY 1 1W 1 A 7 1J A A 10 5 8 6 GB GB 6 LS2 LS1 5 1 2
ST2
5 HORN RELAY
I13 IGNITION SW
40A AM1
1 2F
1 1B
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
1 C 7 1J
M3 MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW
B M 3 1M 4 WB WB 3 WB WB WB WB WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Roof left Instrument panel brace LH II WB BQ
1 F
2 F
5 1M
7 1D
4 1S RY (* 1)
7 1S 6
C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]
100A ALT
GW LB LB RY (*2) 5 BS2 RB
1 RY (* 1) 1
1 A
F6
A ,F8
C , F11
To Theft Deterrent ECU < 124>
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
3 1F
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW (Ignition Key)
B4 BUCKLE SW
From Wireless Door Lock ECU< 117> From Theft Deterrent ECU< 121>
BG
1 2 WB
H7 HORN LH WB (* 1) 8 BS2 WB (* 1) BN 2 WB (*2)
H8 HORN RH
FL MAIN 3. 0W
3 1V
A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar
WB
BATTERY
Cowl side panel LH
IF
15 ES300
P ow e r So urce
2 3 4
P ow er S eat(D river s Se at w / D riving P os ition M emory)
ACC BR WR BY 1 1K BR BR BR BR 1 4 1B 3 1W BR BR BR
2 AM1
IG1 4
BR
15A ECUIG
30A POWER
7 2J 2 8 1D BR WR 1 VW LG LGB LGR 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1D 10 1V 2 2 2 2
WR P28 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR(Driver s Seat Reclining Control) GR C LW J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C WR BR VW B B P29 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver s Seat Slide Control) P26 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver s Seat Front Vertical Control) VW P27 POWER SEAT POSITION SENSOR (Driver s Seat Rear Vertical Control) VW J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Driver s Seat) REAR VERTICAL FRONT VERTICAL RECLINING FRONT VW 4 IF1 WR LW BR 8 IF2 5 ID1 UP UP DOWN DOWN REAR RCLF RCLR VW 1 G GR 5 GB RDWN 3 GW RUP 2 YG FDWW 9 LR FUP 10 LY 3 BS2 LG LGB LGR LW LW WR BR 7 BS2 4 BS2 20 B IG GND 1 WB RG GW GW 7 A 21 B 8 B 22 B 2 A 1 A P DCTY STOP RCL RCL+ RRV 5 A +B SYSB SSRS SSFV 8 A 9 B 1 B 10 B 2 B SSRV RRV+ 6 A 4 B 3 B PVCC SSRR FRV 9 A FRV+ 10 A 18 B RCLF 19 B RCLR SLD 3 A 15 B 14 B RDWN SLD+ 4 A S14 A , S15 SEAT POSITION CONTROL ECU 3 1 B RUP 17 B FDWN 16 B FUP 5 B REAR L R LB RL LY RG RB LR 4 WB 10 BS2 WB RG GW GW 2 BS2 1 BS2 2 3 S13 SEAT MEMORY SW L LG 8 BS2 1 WB M 2 2 M 1 2 M 1 2 M 1 A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN From Park/Neutral Position SW< 34> To Door Courtesy SW Front LH< 83> From Stop Light SW <64> P20 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver s Seat Reclining Control) P19 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver s Seat Rear Vertical Control) P17 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver s Seat Front Vertical Control) P21 POWER SEAT MOTER (Driver s Seat Slide Control)
10A ECUB
2 1K
I13 IGNITION SW
BR
12 SLIDE
40A AM1
SHORT PIN
BR
REAR
FRONT
1 2A
1 1B
SLDF 8
SLDR 4 BR L LB
BR
BR
1 C
FRONT
1 A
BR
1 F
BR
2 F
BR
12 B SLDF SW1
13 B
11 B SLDR SGND BR BR SW2 6 B MMRY 7 B
100A ALT
P 4 2 1
V 1 MMRY 2
F6
A ,F8
C ,
P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Driver s Seat Lumber Support Control)
BG
SET
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
9 BS2 E 2 BR BR
FL MAIN 3. 0W
1 P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver s Seat M Lumber Support Control) 2
BATTERY
Left kick panel
IH

S4 SEAT HEATER SW (Front Passenger s Seat) B 6 1 HI IG
S eat H eater
WB
WB E 2 S11 SEAT HEATER (Driver s Seat) LY HI 6 1 WB 2
20A SEATHEATER
WB
1 1K
4 1T
II1
L 4
IG
WB E 2
1 BT1
DOWN BY RDWN 2 P16 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Front Passenger s Seat)
LY 1
P ow er S eat (Front P ass enger s S eat)
P23 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger s Seat Rear Vertical Control) LY 3
UP REAR
RUP
RCLR
RB
RG 2
P24 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger s Seat Reclining Control) RG 1
2 BT1
5 IP1
11
FRONT REAR
RCLF
LW
LW
LW
SLDR
LB
L 1
P25 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger s Seat Slide Control) L 8
FRONT DOWN
SLDF
FDWN
LR 10
RL 1
P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger s Seat Front Vertical Control) RL J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 BS1 A BN Under the left center pillar BATTERY WB WB
FUP
UP
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW(Driver s Seat)
DOWN RDWN 3
P o w er S eat(D river s S eat w /o D riving P os ition M emory)
LY 1
LY RUP UP REAR RCLR 5 2
P19 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver s Seat Rear Vertical Control)
RB
RG 2
RG 2 BS1 RCLF 8 IF2 LW LW LW LW 11 B FRONT REAR SLDR 4 1
P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver s Seat Reclining Control)
LB
L 1
30A POWER
P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver s Seat Slide Control) L
SLDF
3 1D
4 1B
BR
LW
FRONT DOWN
BY
FDWN
LR 9
RL 1
ACC
IG1 4
IG2
Po w er S ource
ST2
I13 IGNITION SW
P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver s Seat Front Vertical Control) RL 10
UP
2 AM1
AM2
F6 40A AM1
A , F11
F FL MAIN 3. 0W
2 F
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK BR 100A ALT
16 ES300
2 1K
1 1B
BR
1 F
1 A
BR
BR
FUP
BG
Right kick panel
S3 SEAT HEATER SW (Driver s Seat)
IM
WB
WB
WB
BO
WB
Under the rignt center pillar
IG
II1
S12 SEAT HEATER (Front Passenger s Seat) WB WB
WB
WB
Left kick panel
17 ES300
P ow e r S ou rce W iper and W as he r

2 3 4
R emote C ontrol M irror
ACC 3 LR
LR
2 AM1
IG1 4
BY
1 1K
6 1K
AM2 20A WIPER 15A CIG
IG2
ST2
2 1K J31 WF E B OFF INT A E A LOW HIGH L 2 WASHER WIPER RELAY 11 2 17 8 7 16 M 1 LW 4 B A , J32 A EW +B +2 +1 +S INT1 INT2 B1
W 1 1T 1 1A PL L C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR PL B W2 WASHER MOTOR LEFT RIGHT UP DOWN L LB LY LO WB 11 IM2 LW A A A L MLH 9 10 MRH BRR MLV 3 2 BRY MRV LGB L J17 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 1 3 2 LGB BRR BRY LGR BRW WB 4 2F M 10 2J WB 1 WB 16 IE2 BRW 14 IE2 BRY 15 IE2 LGR 16 IO2 BRR 14 IO2 LGB 3 2 1 3 5 WB M M M M A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH F5 FRONT WIPER MOTOR R16 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH Left radiator side support EC
I13 IGNTION SW
4 1C
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
40A AM1
R4 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
1 1B
OPERATION SW
F6
1 F
1 A
BR
LEFT/ UP
RIGHT/ DOWN
BR
2 F
BR
SELECT SW
M+ 7
E 8
A , F11
100A ALT
F C C C
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LGR LGR
BG
WB
FL MAIN 3. 0W
15 IO2 LGR 2 A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
BATTERY
WB
R17 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH
IG
Left kick panel
18 ES300
Po w er S ource
BR BR BY To Engine Control Module< 211> BR BY 2 3 4
R ear W indow D efogg er and M irror H e ater R adiator F an and C on de nse r Fan
ACC
W 4 1B GW 1 13 2J 1 1K
2 AM1
IG1 4
AM2 1 40A DEF 10A MIRROR HEATER 2 2 30A RDI BR 1
IG2
NOISE FILTER
15A ECUIG
10A HEATER
2 1K
W 11 1J BY BR 4 1D 5 1T 7 1J 3 1R 6 1A 2 BY BY B 6 2K 2 2B 5 IO2 B 5 4 1 FAN NO. 1 RELAY 2 3 5 IE2 J20 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LB LB 1 4
ST2
I13 IGNITION SW
40A AM1
30A CDS
2 2 2H
1 1B
BR
WB
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
To Engine Control Module < 211>
A2 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR BR 2
BR 5 3 2 1 13 1J 6 DEFOGGER RELAY 3 WB BR 2 2 2C 4 2F 6
M 1 1 2C GW 3 L GW L L L 1 2 LW 5 IM1 L L 2 1 EA1 3 2 2F 7 2G GW 1 2G
BR
R16 MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] BY
R17 MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] BY
BR
1 B
BR 4 1 1L 12 1J 4 B B B B YG B B J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB WB J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB WB 20 IO2 8 ID1 20 IE2 B To A/C Control Assembly < 275> 7 1G 1 WB WB WB C17 CHOKE COIL 3 1V A WB J 15 J UNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel bra ce LH Right kick panel IL IF Cowl s ide pa ne l LH
1 F
1 F
A4 A/C SINGLE PRES SURE SW
F6
A ,F7
1 2 2 M 1 IK1 2 L 1 1 1 1 5 1 BR 1 WR W5 WATER TEMP. S W NO. 2
1 3
100A ALT
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
1 A
FAN NO. 3 RELAY
FAN NO. 2 RELAY
To Diode (A/C) < 273
2 EA1 WB BR WB W B BR WB WB
W4 WATER TEMP . SW NO. 1 LW WB
BG
1 1 BR
5 1 WR 1 WB
FL MAIN 3. 0W
BATTERY
EC
Left radiator side s upport
19 ES300
P ow er S ourc e A B S a nd Traction C on trol

2 RL GR 3 GRL 8 IM2 3 1 5 RL 1 2 1 1K ABS SOL RELAY 4 IK3 RL 3 3 3 GRR WR WL GRR 3 RL WB A7 ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR 4 A 2 A A ,A8 B WB 3 3 4 2 3 ABS MOTOR RELAY 4 6 BY 3 4 3
ACC
2 AM1
IG1 4
To Data Link Connector 1 <24>
From Stop Light SW< 64>
To Data Link Connector 2 < 24>
2 1K
I13 IGNITION SW
GW
RY
LGR
LGR
10A GAUGE
15A ECUIG
60A ABS WB 2 1D 1 A BR RL 9 1J D A M A J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D 1 B RL 8 B 2 B 7 B 5 B 11 B 6 B 12 B 4 B 10 B 3 B 9 B 5 A 3 A GR R YB LB BY RB BR WL RG YR BR GY RW WR GRR LGB GRL WR 3 D C8 B , C10 8 B IG1 SMC2 SMC1 SRC2 SRC1 SRRR SRRH SFLR SFLH SRLR SRLH 6 C 12 C 4 C 5 C 7 C 8 C 1 C 2 C 12 A 25 A 26 A SFRR 13 A SFRH 10 A AST 14 A MT 1 A R+ 24 A MR 11 A SR SLIP ABS D COMBINATION METER 4 B IND 3 B A19 4 B 12 B 15 B 6 B 14 B 13 B 5 B WA WT NEO EFI+ EFI TRC+ TRC A , A20 B , A21 C CSW 11 B LG FL+ 5 A R FL 4 A G FR+ 17 A W LG GB ABS AND TRACTION ECU 4 1 IM2 WB C GB 6 IM2 B L L G W LG BRW GB 18 IJ1 GB G T5 TRAC OFF SW 1 8 1J WB To Engine Control Module< 28> J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1 GB J8 J28 L A A JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B L GB A A A , J29 B 7 1J WB A B 2 R A ,J9 A 2 A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH JUNCTION CONNECTOR GB A A B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR To Data Link Connector 2 < 23> To Data Link Connector 1 < 24> Instrument panel brace LH II WB
40A AM1
11 IK3 LGR
8 IK3
From Data Link Connector 1 < 24>
1 1B
B B B
RL J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RY RY F LGR
To Absorber Control ECU< 223>
BR
TRAC OFF
1 D
1 A
BG
12 IM2
5 IM2
2 IM1
1 F
BR
2 F
BR
RL
GW
RY
LGR
GRR
6 A RRO
GRL
19 A FRO
9 A TC
23 A TS
22 A D/G
16 B STP
6 D
7 D
100A ALT
FR 18 A B
RL 1 B G
RL+ 2 B R
RR+ 9 B W
RR 10 B B
GND3 GND2 GND1 9 C WB 10 C WB 15 A WB
F6
A ,F9
D ,
19 IJ1
12
IJ1
F11
9 ID1
3 ID1
3 IN1
9 IN1
WB
BG
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
FL MAIN 3. 0W
2 WB
BATTERY
5 IK3
WB 2 G 1
WB
EB
EA
WB
EB
EA
WB
20 ES300
P ow er S ource ABS
2 3 4
ACC BY 8 IM2 BY RL RL IK3 RL From Data Link Connector 1 < 24> 4
2 AM1
IG1 4
AM2 GRR 1 1K
IG2
ST2 3 3 3
10A GAUGE
15A ECUIG
2 1K 2 9 1J BR 2 1D
W 3 1 4 5 To Data Link Connector 2 < 23> <24> To Data Link Connector 1 <24> ABS MOTOR RELAY ABS SOL RELAY 4 3 3 RY GB LGR RL LGR GR 3 3 A D 6 3 3 G WL WB WR J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL RL J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GRL A 5 IK3 8 IK3 11 IK3 3 LGR GB To Absorber Control ECU< 223> From Stop Light SW< 64> D C C GB 7 C GB F B LGR B F B 6 IM2 C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR G J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RY RY GB GR GW GRL GRR GRR 7 B 4 A WA SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH 11 B 21 B 22 B 5 B 12 B 16 B R SRLR AST MT 9 B A22 RW A , A23 ABS ECU B B TS 8 A MR SFRH SFRR 4 B LB RB 1 B 10 B SFLH SR R+ IG1 GRL 12 IJ1 18 B 8 B 2 A 9 A TC 11 A D/G RR 7 A 12 A STP 15 B FRO RR+ 1 A 6 B RRO 20 B FL RL 10 A WL GY RG G W LGB WR WR 1 A 5 A 3 A 7 A 4 A 8 A 2 A 6 A 5 B 3 B 9 IN1 M 3 IN1 9 ID1 G W B A5 ABS ACTUATOR WB WR WL WR WB WB 2 1 2 A ,A 6 B 4 B 2 B 1 B WB A34 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH Right radiator side support EA EB Right radiator side support
I13 IGNITION SW
A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 2
A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 1 2
60A ABS
40A AM1
1 1B
BG
1 F
1 A
BR
1 IM2
BG
2 F
BR
BR
1 D
19 B FL+ RL+ 3 A
14 B FR GND 13 B GND 2 B
3 B FR+
F6
A ,F9
D ,
100A ALT
F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
BG
WB
WB
FL MAIN 3. 0W
3 ID1
WB R
BATTERY
1 A33 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH Right radiator side support
WB
EA
WB
EB
21 ES300
P ow e r S o urce
2 W RL ACC 2 IK2 IG1 4 BY J28 RL 1 1K F B A J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A RL IG2 ST2 10A GAUGE 15A ECUIG 1 1J JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , J29 B D A RL 3 4
C ruis e C on trol
7 1C
4 1B 2 1D D 3 1W WR 10 BR BR LB 10 1V 9 1J 2
W To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]<262> To Engine Control Module <32> <33> P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] YB LR RL 9 IK2 D BR A J30 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR C14 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 3 D B B A VW 7 IK2 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 10A ECUB D WR C7 B A LB J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR RL 1 BATT 9 6 ECT 13 IDL 14 OD 12 SPD 8 L A , C10 3 D D SHORT PIN PI 4 WL 5 11 TC CMS CCS 10 W GND 16 WB MO 15 RG MC 7 RB RY STP 2 4 A O CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] GW LGR A B J8 5 B B LGR B 11 IK3 LGR LGR CMS CRUISE 4 CCS 1 2 3 5 IG2 D O D D A ,J9 A A B RES/ ACCEL A A WB A A M JUNCTION CONNECTOR J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O O C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR SET/ COAST WB 8 1J C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 7 1J CANCEL WB EP 3 WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH To Data Link Connector 1 < 24> WB 4 To Data Link Connector 2 < 23>< 24>
2 AM1
2 1K
AM2
15A STOP
40A AM1
I13 IGNITION SW
1 1B
BR
1 F
BR
7 2J
WR
GB
S10 STOP LIGHT SW
BR
2 F
BR
1 GW
F6
A ,F8
100A ALT
RY
4 1R
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
C , F11
1 A
1 C
1 2A
5 1R
BG
GW
FL MAIN 3. 0W
J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A
GW
BATTERY
22 ES300
P ow er S ource E lec tric M o du lated S uspension

2 3 4
ACC
2 AM1
IG1 4
BY
From ABS ECU<203 From ABS and Traction ECU< 194>
1 1K
I13 IGNITION SW
WB 2 GND
From Engine Control Module<211>
15A ECUIG
From Stop Light SW< 64>
BR
LGR
2 1K B B P GRL GW BO B 22 TC FB 10 R L LW LB 12 5 6 RY FA RB RB+ RA 7 RW TEM NEO STP RRO RA+ 8 LR 4 14 26 18 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR GRR A A BR RY LGR BR A 2 +B SS2 17 LY 16 13 11 BR SS1 FA+ FB+ TS 19
W GRR GRL LGR 11 IK3 6 IM3 1 IM3 A25 ABSORBER CONTROL SW A24 ABSORBER CONTROL ECU 20 FRO F E LB L LY C F F C FSS 2 C LW 2 IM3 7 IM3 L LY LB 3 IM3 8 IM3 R LW 6 ID1 4 ID1 RW RY 10 ID1 2 ID1 R LR 2 IN1 5 IN1 L LY LB WB C E C E D E F B B F E D D R E F RY B RW R RG J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1 IG S6 STEERING SENSOR SS2 SS1 8 J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C LW R RY LR RY 5 2 3 1 5 2 3 1 4 5 2 3 4 5 A35 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR LH A36 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR REAR RH A12 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT RH A11 ABSORBER CONTROL ACTUATOR FRONT LH 4 4 WB A B WB J8 A B A ,J9 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B Right radiator side support EA A A WB 1 WB 8 1J 7 1J WB WB A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar BN Under the right center pillar
9 1J
ECU1 1
ECU2 4
40A AM1
21 SW1
3 SW2 GND 1 WB
1 1B
1 F
LR
RW
1 A
BR
BR
2 F
BR
F6
LR
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
A , F11
100A ALT
6 IN1 1 IN1
RW
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
WB
WB WB
BATTERY
J15 JUNCTION A CONNECTOR A A WB
BO
IM
Right kick panel
II
23 ES300
P ow e r S ource 2
G R WR
SRS 3 4
P ow er O utlet
C igarette Lighter an d C lock
ACC 3 LR BR W LR WR 2 AM1 IG1
GR
3 1K 3 1W 7 AM2 ST2 15A POWER OUTLET 4 1N 5A IGN 15A CIG WR WR IG2 6 6 1K 2 1N 1 1W
5 1D 5 1K
G 7 2J I13 IGNITION SW GR
2 1K
12 2J
7. 5A PANEL BO 5 1B 2 1G WR WR
5 1J
6 1J
1 1T
8 1G R
10A ECUB
7. 5A DOME
PL
2 4 2L IG2 ACC A29 AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 15 16
J5
J12
A A A PL V A
C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]
TAILLIGHT RELAY E1 10 7 6 3 2 9 8 D+ D P+ P E2 TC LA 5 30A AM2 PB BY WB B B WB LGR B LGR A LG Y YB YR YG F6 A A A ,F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 1 1N 11 IK3 7 IK3 LG To Data Link Connector 2 < 24> C , F11 7 1J SPIRAL CABLE 1 2 WB 1 2 LGR F 3 1N 3 1V 4 1V To Data Link Connector 1 < 24 A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II WB WB A31 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad) Instrument panel brace LH A30 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) IF Cowl side panel LH
40A AM1
A ,J6
A , J13
A A
SHORT PIN
9 BY
A B
A B G R PL 2 IG2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
6 1C
4 1B
1 1B
C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
P4 POWER OUTLET
1 F
BR
BR
BR
1 2A
1 B+ BY J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 4 ACC+ 4
3 C6 CLOCK ILL+ EARTH 2
BR
See Taillight System<61>
2 F
BR
1 C
100A ALT
WB
WB
WB
1 A
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
WB
A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH II IG Left kick panel
BATTERY
24 ES300
P ow er S ource
2 LR ACC 3 LR BY B IG1 4 3 4
C e llular M obile Te lephone
S hift Loc k
2 AM1
1 1K
1 2A
6 1K
15A ECUIG
2 1K PH+ PL 2 1 PH
W 5A TEL 15A CIG 8 1D 1 2J 1 1T See Radio and Player System< 254> A R LR W GB J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR A 2 ID2 T7 C R LR W GB C 9 B +B IG GND 11 B 4 IF1 10 B 4 B 8 B 11 A 6 A 1 A 8 A 3 B 2 B 7 B 2 A 7 A HOOK GND2 PWR D2 D3 GND3 D1 TAF+ TAF RAF+ RAF RLO+ 5 A PH+ PH TEL1 RLO+ RLI MUTE RLO 12 A 1 B 6 B 3 A 5 B 12 B 4 A BR TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY A ,T8 B 3 ID2 4 ID2 1 ID2 5 IG PL BR BR C 1 ACC 2 STP J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
I13 IGNITION SW C12 TELEPHONE MICROPHONE [COMB. SW]
40A AM1
GW
From Stop Light SW < 64>
1 1B
BR
BR
BR
F6
1 C BR
1 A 2 A IG+ HOOK GND1 PWR D2 D3 1 A 1 B 2 B 4 B 5 B 6 B GND2 3 B D1
B BR O W O BR B Y R GR (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) RW BR 7 B TAF+ 8 B RAF+ GND C15 A , C16 CELLULAR PHONE(HAND SET) WB B 3 A A BN
1 F
2 F
A ,F8
WB
E 3 WB
KLS+ 4 LB S5 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL ECU
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
See Radio and Player System<254
100A ALT
C , F11
5 IG1
WB 8 1J LB 2
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
7 1J A J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar WB 1 WB A J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG Left kick panel A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II Instrument panel brace LH
K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
WB
BATTERY
25 ES300
P ow er S ourc e R adio and P layer

2 3 4
GW (SHIELDED) LR W B G 6 1K 5 1W R LY
ACC 3
2 AM1
IG1
I13 IGNITION SW R GW W R R G B G W (SHIELDED) B
GW
7. 5A RADNO. 2
11 2K LY GR +B 5 B GR BR LY A B A 12 8 C4 CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER 15 A 14 A ACC GND RR RL
1 2A LY GR
1 C L LG P V
1 A A C A A P V P V C C A
LY 4 9 B TX BEEP 13 A TX+ GND 10 B 3 B 2 B CDL+ GND 12 A 3 1H MUTE R R+ L L+ TX+ TX 6 1G 6 1 7 2 10 9 Y R W G B A S7 3 C ACC E 7 C 2 C 6 C 1 C 5 C FL+ FL FR+ FR +B WF+ 4 B WF 5 B 4 C A ,S8 B ,S9 C 15 A RR RR+ 1 B 14 A RL 13 A 12 A BEEP SGND RR 3 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER W R LGR LGB 9 IE2 1 IE2 9 IO2 1 IO2 9 IF1 8 IF1 4 IP1 11 IP1 L W LG P V R C C LGR LGB A A LG C W R LG L L 7 BR1 6 BR1 J36 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 F14 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH F16 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER LH F15 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH F17 FRONT TWEETER SPEAKER RH W9 WOOFER SPEAKER R13 REAR DOOR SPEAKER RH Instrument panel brace RH
R2 7 B CDL FR 7 A 1 B 6 B 4 B CDR+ CDR MUTE FL 6 A MUTE 5 A GND 11 A ACC 3 A AMP+ 1 A
A ,R3
B RADIO AND PLAYER
2 1K +B 4 A TEL MUTE 10 A YB
40A AM1
20A RADIO NO. 1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
BR
1 1B
BR 7 7 A FR RL+ 2 B 6 A FL 5 A MUTE RL YB 6 B 11 A GND 3 A 1 A RACC AMP+ 4 A +B IF1
BR
1 F
BR B Y 10 IF1 11 IF1 B Y 5 B RLI+ RLO+ 5 A 12 B RLI RLO 12 A Y 6 BQ1 Y 1 4 A MUTE T7 A ,T 8 B TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
2 F
F6
A ,F8
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
100A ALT
C , F11
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
BR
BATTERY 7 B BQ1
R10 REAR DOOR SPEAKER LH
IJ

(Cont. next page)
REAR LIGHT 2 B 10 A See Charging System < 14> See Charging System < 14>
CHARGE
7 A
See Taillight System < 64>
MALFANCTION INDICATOR LAMP 5 B See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System< 33>
O/D OFF 4 A See Cruise Control System< 212>
CRUISE 6 D
5 D
See Engine Control System < 22>
TRAC OFF 4 B
See ABS and Traction Control System< 191>
SLIP See ABS System< 202> See ABS and Traction Control System < 191> See Unlock and Seat Belt Warning System< 143> Right radiator side support BATTERY Instrument panel brace RH IJ 2 3 SE 1 A BG FL MAIN 3. 0W V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Combination Meter) 2 3 1 IG+ SI F19 FUEL SENDER 1 EE Rear side of surge tank EA D 7 D ABS 8 A COMBINATION METER SEAT BELT 5 IL1 3 B YB YB 1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW 3 IM2 PL 1 2 WB W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER YG 1 OIL PL PL
C ombination M ete r
A ,C8
B ,C 9
C , C10
WASHER LEVEL
10 D
6 IL1
3 A
YG
9 IJ1
C7
From Engine Control Module < 27> From A/C Control Assembly < 275>
WATER TEMP.
From Cruise Control ECU < 214>
13 A
IJ1
BO
BO
From Engine Control Module< 211>
VW
VW
VW
13 D
BR BR 1 IF3 BR
TACHOMETER VW VW
3 IJ1
10 C
FUEL J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR
4 IF3
12 D
GW
GW
FUEL
3 IF3
11 D
YR
YR
2 IL1
3 D
4 D
RL D
SPEEDOMETER RL
7 IL1
9 C
RL ODO CPU J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RL A A
BY
10A GAUGE IG1 4 ACC 2 IK2 1 1J D A F B RL RL 1
2 1D
1 1K
RL
P ow er S ource
J28 I13 IGNITION SW
A , J29
JUNCTION CONNECTOR 40A AM1 BR
F6
A , F11
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK 2 F
2 AM1
26 ES300
2 1K
1 1B
1 F
BR
BR
100A ALT
3 IL1
1 A
BR
BR
*2: Canada
2 D
*1: USA
See Illumination System <72> 1 D 8 B See Illumination System < 72> (* 2) TAIL (*2) 7 B See Headlight System < 43> (* 1) HEAD J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (*1) Left kick panel A 4 IK1 WB 1 OIL TEMP. 2 WB A A A A 1 J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR RW (*2) P3 PARKING BRAKE SW II Instrument panel brace LH WB WB 8 1J WB 1 16 B From Park/Neutral Position SW<12> 6 IG1 GR GR To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)< 52> B1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) < 51> RW 2 RW B B (* 1) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 1J J8 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG WB A COMBINATION METER See SRS System < 233> See Interior Light System< 84> E6 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW OIL LEVEL DELAY 4 IL1 BY BY B BRAKE 3 IG2 9 A RW RW B RW (* 2) 9 B L 10 B 15 B WB 2 1 C See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System < 33>< 34> 7 2 C D D N R P TURN RH TURN LH 5 C See Headlight System < 43>< 53> HIGH BEAM 8 D 9 D SRS 6 8 C 6 C DOOR ENGINE OIL BLBE CHECK RELAY 7 C See Interior Light System< 84> See SRS System < 233> C7 A ,C8 B ,C9 C , C10 See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System<92>< 93> 5 3 C See Headlight System < 43> <53> 11 B 13 B 12 B 14 B
26 ES300(Cont d )
C ombination M ete r
27 ES300
(Cont. next page
P ow er S o urce
2 3 4 WR BY ACC W 2 AM1 IG1 4 1 1K
A utom atic Air C on ditioning
I13 IGNITION SW LB LB LB 2 1W 1 1 LB 4 HTR RELAY 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 9 2C BW 5 2K B B LW LW LR WB MG CLT RELAY 5 1 5 LB 1 1 1 3 1R
10A HEATER
WR
2 1K
W LW 1 EB1 LR 1 IH1 BW L LR 5 IH1 BY 3 1 2 EB2 LW 3 2 LR B2 BLOWER MOTOR 2 1 BW M
LB
WR
B A J20 A , J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B LB LB B
10 1V
40A AM1
3 1W
B LW 7 LY IM2
WR
1 1B
C LY
BR
7 2J
LB
BR
BR
F6 10A ECUB 4 A13 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER 2 WB 1 WB WB WB 2 IH1 WB WB A A A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR WB EC WB WB II Instrument panel brace LH Left radiator side support
BW
1 F
2 F
1 E
D2 DIODE(A/C) BW
A ,F8
2 1
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK
50A HTR
100A ALT
B3 BLOWER RESISTOR
C , F10
SHORT PIN
BW
E , F11
1 A
1 C
1 2A
2 YW
From FAN NO. 3 Relay< 183>
BG
FL MAIN 3. 0W
YW
6 IH1
BW
F WB
G LB
H WB
BATTERY
I WB
27 ES300(Cont d )
A utomatic A ir C onditioning
6 BR From Rheostat < 72> A14 25 A A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TELI SECU TC 24 A 5 A A , A15 B From Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay< 243> From Theft Deterrent ECU < 124> LR RY 7 8
WR
YG
From Defogger Relay < 182>
13 A
23 A
RDFG
IG+ SPD 6 A 7 A 7 B 4 A 17 A 18 A 19 A 20 A 9 A 8 A 11 A 5 B 8 B 3 B 4 B 6 B VW AIR
HR
MGCR LOCK
BLW
PSW
AIF
TPI
FACE
B/L
FOOT
F/D
DEF
AMH
AMC
S5
TS
TP
TAM
TR
TE
SG 1 A
TW2 14 B
ACT 10 B
AC1 13 B
IGN 16 A
GND 14 A
26 A
10 A
2 B
3 A
16 B
9 B
15 A
BL
GY
BY
GR
LR
LO
WR
LW
LW
PL
LY
BW
WL
LW
LB L 8 IG1 11 IM3 6 7 W 3 5 Y To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]< 262> 2 2 2 L L M J18 A B A , J19 A B 1 A17 A/C SOLAR SENSOR 1 WR L 1
LB
LY
BO
BY
LGB
A18 A/C THERMISTOR
A16 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR
A1 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR
LB
1 WR WR
To Engine Control Module< 27>
C B C A L C A 1 WR
LW
9 IG1 L
10 IM3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
LY
9 IM2
12 IM3
A26 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WR
WR
WB
WR
WR
WR
LW BL L
BW LO LR
WL A28 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 4 B/L FOOT F/D DEF 5 6 7 8 VENT
BY
LB
WR
BW
J20
D B L BY P WR GR A , J21
D B
D B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR M
5 B
E A
E A
E A WR
A4 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
2 A CONTROL CIRCUIT B
WR
WR
WARM
BW
G LB 2 IG
WB
10 IM2
COOL
A27 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
H WB 1 GND
LB
WR
I WB WR
WB
WB

Wiring Diagram

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Descrizione originale:

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Wiring Diagram

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

A INTRODUCTION

This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No. Section

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL TROUBLE SHOOTING

Instructions on how to use this manual.

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS RELAY LOCATIONS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) INDEX

Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

H POWER SOURCE (CURRENT FLOW CHART)

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS

NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

Case 2 Open the secondary locking device.

B For Waterproof Type Connector

ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

Current flow causes a headlight

single (1) filament or a double (2) filament.

HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a juction block.

(1) NOT CONNECTED

F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]

F (Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit)

: Engine Room R/B

Fusible F sible Link Block

F (Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit)

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Splice Points

EA1 EB1 EB2 EC1

: Location of Ground Points

FLOOR WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ( (LEFT KICK PANEL) )

: Location of Splice Points

: Location of Splice Points

: Location of Splice Point

BS1 BS2 BT1

4 1B 15A FOG 25A DOOR 15A STOP 7. 5A ODB

10A TAIL 7. 5A PANEL

1 40A DEF 1 2 DEFOGGER RELAY 5 3

NOISE FILTER 10A MIRRORHEATER

40A AM1 15A CIG 7. 5A RADNO. 2

ACC 3 LR 2 AM1 IG1 4 BY

15A POWEROUTLET 20A SEATHEATER 15A ECUIG 10A HEATER

10A GAUGE 20A WIPER 7. 5A TURN 3 1K 4 1K 5 1K 5 1B 5A IGN 5A STARTER

RG (*1) RB (*1) RG 2 1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 3 2 4 R (*1) 2 2 2 R RL

10A HLP RH (LWR) 2 1 2 2 RG

10A HLP LH (LWR) 1 2 WB A J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR II 2 R

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM J/B (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE

(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)

STARTING AND IGNITION

RG (1) RB (1) RG 2 1 DRL NO. 2 RELAY 3 2 4 R (*1) 2 2 2 R RL